Skip to main content

Full text of "Children with Mental Retardation: A Guide for Teachers, Parents, and Others Who Work with Mentally Retarded Preschoolers"

See other formats


Project  Head  Start 


HV1662 

L989 

S48 


Mainstreaming  Preschoolers : 

Children  with 

Mental 
Retardation 


DHEW  Publication  No.  (OHDS)  78-31110 

U.S.  Department  of  Health,  Education,  and  Welfare 

Office  of  Human  Development  Services 
Administration  for  Children,  Youth  and  Families 
Head  Start  Bureau 


Special  Message  to  Parents 

This  book  is  meant  to  help 
parents  as  well  as  teachers 
understand  mainstreaming  and 
mental  retardation.  Chapter  5 
describes  specific  ways  in  which 
parents  can  help  their  mentally 
retarded  child.  But  parents  will 
find  the  other  chapters  useful  in 
learning  more  about  development 
in  mentally  retarded  youngsters, 
techniques  and  activities  to 
promote  learning,  how  Head  Start 
functions  in  serving  handicapped 
children,  and  what  resources 
outside  of  Head  Start  are 
available  to  help  fill  their  child's 
special  needs. 


\T&Mainstreaming  Preschoolers  was  developed  by  the  staff  of  CRC  Education  and  Human  Deve- 
,  a  suljsidiary  of  Contract  Research  Corporation,  25  Flanders  Road,  Belmont,  Massachusetts 
Contract  No.  HEW  105-76-1139  for  the  Administration  for  Children,  Youth  and  Families. 


For  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  U.S.  Government  Printing  Offlce 
Washlington,  D.C.  20402 


Stocli  Number  017-092-00029-4 


Mainstreaming  Preschoolers: 

Children  with 

Mental 
Retardation 


A  Guide  for  Teachers,  Parents, 
£ind  Others  Who  Work  with 
Mentally  Retarded  Preschoolers 


by 


Eleanor  Whiteside  Lynch,  Ph.D. 

Program  Director  for  Special  Education,  Institute  for  the  Study  of  Mental 
Retardation  and  Related  Disabilities,  and  Assistant  Professor  of  Special 
Education,  School  of  Education,  University  of  Michigan 

Betty  Howald  Simms,  Ed.D. 

Professor  of  Education,  Depairtment  of  Special  Education,  University  of 
Maryland 

AMERiSAN  F«llV[>A^ION  FOR  THE  BL.ND,  \H^. 
,  15  WST  IStti  STi^EET    , 

^^*^  MEV/YaW^A.Y.  iJPU  ■ 

Caren  Saaz  von  Hippel,  Ph.D. 

Director  of  Research  and  Evaluation,  CRC  Education  and  Human  Development, 
hic,  Contract  Research  Corporation 

Jo  Shuchat,  M.A. 

Research  Associate,  CRC  Education  and  Human  Development,  hic,  Contract 
Research  Corporation 


The  authors  were  fortunate  in  being  able  to  draw  on  the  advice 
and  contributions  of  many  knowledgeable  and  talented  people 
during  the  preparation  of  this  book.  Chief  among  th^were  the 
following  expeHs  on  mental  retardation  and  early  childhood 
education,  who  reviewed  the  text  in  its  successive  versions  and  gave 
us  many  excellent  suggestions  for  improving  it. 

Reviewers 

Thomas  Hilliard,  Ph.D.,  Clinical  Psychologist,  San  Francisco,  California 
Merle  B.  Karnes,  Ed.D.,  Professor  of  Education,  Institute  for  Child  Behavior  and 

Development,  University  of  Illinois 

Lois  Barclay  Murphy,  Ph.D.,  Washington,  D.C 

Sister  Mary  Louise  Reinke,  M.S.,  Director,  Head  StaH,  Yazoo  City,  Mississippi 
Howard  Spicker,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Education,  Department  of  Special  Education, 

Indiana  University 

A  number  of  people  assisted  us  in  different  ways  with  certain 
sections  of  this  book.  We  thank  them  for  their  valuable  help. 

Joyce  Evans,  Ph.D.,  Director,  Division  of  Special  Projects,  Southwest 

Education  Development  Laboratory,  Austin,  Texas 

Alice  H  Hayden,  Ph.D.,  Director,  Model  Preschool  Center  for  Handicapped 

Children,  Child  Development  and  Mental  Retardation  Center,  Umversity  o± 

Washington 

Shari  Kieran,  Ed.D.,  Lecturer,  Eliot-Pearson  Department  of  Child  Study,  Tufts 

University 

Jacqueline  Liebergott,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor,  Department  of  Communication 

Disorders,  Emerson  College 

Sheldon  Maron,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Special  Education,  Departinent 

of  Special  Education,  Florida  State  University 

Judith  Siegel,  M.S.,  Coordinator,  Rhode  Island  Child  Find/Placement/Service 

Program 

Janet  Zeller,  M.S.,  Supervisor  and  Instiructor,  Graduate  Special  Needs 

Program,  Wheelock  College. 

Much  of  the  credit  for  the  success  of  this  book  is  due  to  the  team  responsWle 
for  the  visual  and  stylistic  aspects.  Their  creative  efforts  were  ^^sf^^X-  , 
we  are  very  grateful  The  skiU  and  enthusmsm  of  the  production  staff,  on  whwh 
we  have  relied  so  frequently  in  thepast,  were  demonstrated  even  more 
impressively  in  this  difficult  and  complex  effort. 

CRC  Education  and  Human  Development,  Inc. 

Editor:  Nancy  Witting 

Graphic  Design  Unit:  Kristina  Engstiom,  Sandra  Baer,  Linda  Hailey 

Designer:  Alison  Wampler 

Photographer:  Harriet  Klebanoff 

Illustrator:  Stephanie  Fleischer 

Contract  Research  Corporation 

Production  Staff  Barbara  Boris,  Mary  Tess  Crotty,  KeUy  Gerry,  Barbara  Rittenberg 


In  addition,  we  wish  to  thank  the  associations  of  the  National  Advisory 
Board  to  this  project  who  reviewed  our  book  during  its  development.  They 
made  many  valuable  suggestions. 

American  Psychological  Association;  Association  for  Children  with  Learning 
Disabilities;  Association  for  Children  with  Retarded  Mental  Development; 
Council  for  Exceptional  Children;  International  Parents'  Organization,  Alexander 
Graham  Bell  Association  for  the  Deaf;  National  Association  for  Mental  Health;  National 
Association  for  Retarded  Citizens;  Occupational  Therapy  Association  of  America;  Spina 
Bifida  Association  of  America  We  also  wish  to  thank  the  following  federal  agencies  who 
reviewed  this  book  during  its  development:  Bureau  of  Education  for  the  HandicappedAJ.S. 
Office  of  Education;  National  Institute  for  Child  Health  and  Human  Development/ 
National  Institutes  of  Health;  National  Institute  of  Mental  Health;  President's 
Committee  on  Mental  Retardation. 


We  are  grateful  to  the  Resource  Access  Projects  and  the  Regional  Office  staff  of  the 
Administration  for  Children,  Youth  and  Families  for  their  review  of  this  book  and  their 
help  in  organizing  the  national  field  test.  We  also  thank  the  teachers,  aides,  parents, 
trainers,  directors  and  others  in  the  40  Head  Start  programs  across  the  country  who  field 
tested  this  book  and  provided  invaluable  feedback.  We  thank  as  well  the  Head  Start  and 
other  preschool  programs  who  permitted  us  to  take  photographs  at  their  centers. 

Finally,  we  have  special  thanks  to  Mrs.  Rossie  Kelly,  the  Project  Officer,  and 
Raymond  C.  Collins,  Chief  of  the  Program  Development  and  Innovation 
Division,  Head  Start  Bureau,  for  their  continued  commitment  and  support  during 
this  project.  Rossie  Kelly's  involvement  throughout  the  project,  in  discussions, 
coordination  of  reviews  of  this  book  among  Program  Development  and 
Innovation  Staff,  and  continued  receptiveness  and  helpfulness  required  to 
complete  a  project  of  this  scope  was  essential.  In  addition,  we  thank  the 
following  persons  in  Program  Development  and  Innovation  for  their  interest, 
involvement,  and  review  of  this  book  diuing  its  various  developmental  stages: 
Pamela  Coughhn,  Ph.D.;  Laura  Dittman,  Ph.D.;  Jenni  Klein,  Ed.D.;  Jerry 
Lapides,  Ed.S.;  Ann  O'Keefe,  Ed.D.;  Margaret  G.  PhilUps,  Ed.D.;  and  Linda 
Randolph,  M.D. 


Caren  von  Hippel 
Jo  Shuchat 
Eleanor  Lynch 
Betty  Simms 


Preface 

Project  Head  Start  was  initially  conceived  and  launched  as  a  national  program 
of  comprehensive  developmental  services  for  preschool  children  from  low-income 
families.  The  early  design  also  indicated  that  the  comprehensive  program  should  be 
tailored  to  the  needs  of  the  individual  community  and  of  the  individual  child. 

The  Head  Start  Program  Performance  Standards  require  local  programs  to 
develop  an  educational  plan  that  provides  procedures  for  ongoing  observation, 
recording,  and  evduation  of  each  child's  growth  and  development  for  the  purpose 
of  planning  activities  to  suit  individual  needs.  The  Performance  Standards  also 
require  that  classroom  materials  and  activities  reflect  the  cultural  background  of 
the  children.  Thus,  individualization  has  always  been  a  major  thrust  of  the  Head 
Start  program. 

The  Congressional  mandate  to  assure  that  not  less  than  10  percent  of  enroll- 
ment  opportunities  m  Head  Start  be  available  for  handicapped  children  presented 
special  opportunities  and  challenges  to  Head  Start  programs  to  further  their 
efforts  in  the  individualization  of  services.  Head  Start  classes  are  small,  makmg  it 
possible  for  teachers,  working  with  a  professional  diagnostic  team,  to  design  a  pro- 
gram to  meet  the  special  needs  and  capabilities  of  each  child. 

Mainstreaming  handicapped  children  into  classrooms  with  non-handicaped  chil- 
dren has  become  a  major  activity  for  Head  Start.  However,  teachers  and  other 
staff  are  continually  asking  for  assistance  in  mainstreaming  a  child  with  a  specific 
handicapping  condition.  This  series  of  eight  manuals,  Mainstreaming  Preschoolers, 
was  prepar^  by  ACYF  to  help  meet  this  need. 

The  series  was  developed  through  extensive  collaboration  with  many  persons 
and  organizations.  Under  contract  with  Contract  Research  Corporation,  teams  of 
national  experts  and  Head  Start  teachers  came  together  to  develop  each  of  the 
manuals.  At  the  same  time,  the  major  national  professional  and  voluntary  assoaa- 
tions  concerned  with  handicapped  children  were  asked  to  critique  the  materials 
during  their  various  stages  of  development.  Their  response  was  enthusiastic.  Vari- 
ous federal  agencies  concerned  with  handicapped  persons  —  the  Bureau  of  Educa- 
tion for  the  Handicapped,  the  President's  Committee  on  Mental  Retardation,  the 
Office  of  Developmental  Disabilities,  the  National  Institute  of  Mental  Health,  the 
Office  of  Handicapped  Individuals,  National  Institute  of  Child  Health  and  Human 
Development/National  Institute  of  Health,  and  Medicaid/Early  and  Penodic 
Screening,  Diagnosis,  and  Treatment  —  also  enthusiastically  reviewed  the  mate- 
rials as  they  were  being  developed.  Finally,  drafts  of  each  of  the  manuals  were 
reviewed  by  teachers,  paraprofessionals,  parents,  social  service  and  health  person- 
nel, and  various  other  specialists  in  Head  Start  programs  across  the  country. 

It  is  hoped  that  this  series  will  be  helpful  to  the  variety  of  people  beyond  the 
Head  Start  community  —  in  public  schools,  day  care  centers,  nursery  schools,  and 
other  child  care  programs  —  who  are  involved  in  providing  educational  opportuni- 
ties and  learning  experiences  to  handicapped  children  during  the  preschool  years. 


Blandina  Cardenas,  EcLD. 

Commissioner 
Administration  for 
Children,  Youth  and  Families 


Contents 


Introduction     2 

Chapter  1:  What  Is  Mainstreaming?  .  .  3 

What  Does  Mainstreaming  Mean? 4 

How  Is  Mainstreaming  Carried  Out? 6 

What  Is  Your  Role  In  Mainstreaming? 7 

Chapter  2:  Wfiat  Is  Mental  Retardation? 9 

Mentally  Retarded  Preschoolers 10 

How  Is  Mental  Retardation  Defined? 11 

Recognizing  Problems  for  Referral     18 

Chapter  3:  How  Mental  Retardation  Affects  Learning  in  Three- 

to  Five-Year-Olds 25 

Development  in  Retarded  and  Non-Handicapped  Children     26 

How  Do  Children  Learn? 28 

What  Children  with  Mental  Retardation  Are  Like     34 

Chapter  4:  Mainstreaming  Children  with  Mental  Retardation 43 

Planning 46 

The  Physical  Setting  and  Classroom  Facilities     56 

General  Teaching  Guidelines     59 

Specific  Teaching  Techniques 71 

Activities 80 

Chapter  5:  Parents  and  Teachers  as  Partners     93 

What  Parents  Can  Do     95 

What  Teachers  Can  Do 99 

Chapter  6:  Where  to  Find  Help  in  Your  Area 103 

Finding  Out  About  Resources 104 

Who  Are  the  Specialists?  What  Do  They  Do?    112 

Chapter  7:  Other  Sources  of  Help    117 

Professional  and  Parent  Associations,  and  Other  Organizations    118 

Bibliography 125 

Appendix    129 

Screening  and  Diagnosis 130 

Chart  of  Normal  Development  (Birth  to  Six) 132 


2 


Introduction 


The  Purpose  of  This  Book 

This  book  was  written  for  teachers, 
parents,  and  others,  such  as  diagnos- 
ticians and  therapists,  who  work 
directly  with  mentally  retarded  pre- 
schoolers. It  provides  some  good  ideas 
for  helping  retarded  children  learn  and 
feel  good  about  themselves,  and 
answers  many  questions,  including: 

What  is  mainstreaming? 

What  is  mental  retardation? 

How  does  mental  retarda- 
tion affect  learning  in  three- 
to  five-year-olds? 

How^  can  you  design  an 
individualized  program  for 
a  retarded  child? 

What  activities  are  especial- 
ly useful  for  children  with 
retardation? 

How  can  parents  help  their 
retarded  child? 

Where  can  you  go  to  seek 
help— people,  places,  and 
information? 

The  information  in  this  book  is 
also  usefiil  for  working  with  all 
preschool  children,  non-handicapped 
as  well  as  handicapped. 


The  Organization  of  This  Book 

This  is  one  of  a  series  of  eight 
books  on  children  with  handicaps, 
written  for  Head  Start,  day  care, 
nursery  school,  and  other  preschool 
staff,  and  parents  of  children  with 
special  needs.  Each  book  is  concerned 
with  one  handicapping  condition.  The 
other  seven  books  address: 

•  emotional  disturbance 

•  health  impairments 

•  hearing  imptdrment 

•  learning  disabilities 

•  physical  (orthopedic)  handi- 
caps 

•  speech  and  language 
impairments  (communica- 
tion disorders) 

•  visual  handicaps. 

There  are  certain  guidelines  that 
are  similar  in  working  with  all  kinds 
of  handicapped  preschoolers.  These 
guidelines  should  be  useful  to  teachers 
and  parents  who  are  directly  involved 
with  children  with  special  needs.  They 
are  described  in  the  chapters  "What  Is 
Mainstreaming?"  "Parents  and 
Teachers  as  Partners,"  "Where  to  Find 
Help  in  Your  Area,"  and  the  sections 
on  planning,  the  physical  setting,  and 
general  teaching  guidelines  in  the 
chapter  "Mainstreaming  Children  with 
Mental  Retardation."  While  these 
chapters  (or  sections  of  chapters)  are 
largely  the  same  in  most  of  the  books 
in  this  series,  the  examples  and 
suggestions  provided  in  each  book  are 
specific,  and  will  help  you  apply  the 
general  information  to  a  child  with  a 
particular  handicap. 


A  Word  on  Words 

In  this  book  the  terms  handi- 
capped children  and  children 
with  special  needs  mean  the  same 
thing. 


Chapter  1: 


What 

Is 

Mainstreaming? 


t 


Help  a  handicapped 
child  enter  the  main- 
stream of  life  during 
the  preschool  years. 


What  Does 

Mainstreaming 

Mean? 


"Mainstreaming"  means  helping 
people  with  handicaps  live,  learn,  and 
work  in  typical  settings  where  they 
will  have  the  greatest  opportunity  to 
become  as  independent  as  possible.  In 
Head  Start  programs,  mainstreaming 
is  defined  as  the  integration  of  handi- 
capped children  and  non-handicapped 
children  in  the  same  classroom.  It 
gives  handicapped  children  the  chance 
to  join  in  the  "mainstream  of  life"  by 
including  them  in  a  regular  preschool 
experience,  and  gives  non-handicapped 
children  the  opportunity  to  learn  and 
grow  by  experiencing  the  strengths 
and  weaknesses  of  their  handicapped 
fidends. 

However,  mainstreaming  does  not 
simply  involve  enrolling  handicapped 
children  in  a  program  with  non- 
handicapped  children.  Definite  steps 
must  be  taken  to  ensure  that  handi- 
capped children  participate  actively 
and  fully  in  classroom  activities.  As  a 
Head  Start  teacher,  it  is  your  role  to 
take  these  steps. 

Mainstreaming  is  not  new  to  Head 
Start.  Since  its  beginning,  Head  Start 
programs  have  included  handicapped 
children  in  classrooms  with  non- 
handicapped  children.  The  Economic 
Opportunity  Amendments  of  1972 
(Public  Law  92-424)  required  that  10 
percent  of  the  Head  Start  enrollment- 
in  the  nation  be  handicapped  children. 
Two  years  later,  the  Headstart,  Eco- 
nomic Opportunity,  and  Community 
Partnership  Act  of  1974  required  that, 
by  fiscal  year  1976,  not  less  than  10 
percent  of  the  total  number  of  enroll- 
ment opportimities  in  Head  Start 
programs  in  each  state  be  available  to 
handicapped  children.  And  most 
recently.  Public  Law  94-142,  the  Educa- 
tion for  All  Handicapped  Children  Act, 
has  mgindated  that  the  public  schools 


provide  "free,  appropriate  education" 
in  the  "least  restrictive  setting"  for 
handicapped  children  from  3  to  21 
years  of  age.  Thus,  mainstreaming  has 
become  an  important  and  well- 
accepted  approach  in  the  education  of 
yoimg  hginmcapped  children.  It  is  the 
function  of  Head  Start  programs  to: 

serve  handicapped  children  in 
an  integrated  setting  or  main- 
stream environment  with  other 
children;  provide  for  the  specied 
needs  of  the  handicapped  child; 
and  work  closely  with  other 
agencies  and  organizations 
serving  handicapped  children 
in  order  to  identify  handi- 
capped children,  and  provide 
the  full  range  of  services 
necessary  to  meet  the  child's 
developmental  needs. 

(Head  Start  Transmittal  Notice  75.11 
9/11/75). 

Research  on  children  has  shown 
over  and  over  that  the  early  years  of 
life  are  critical  for  learning  and 
growth.  It  is  during  this  time  that 
children's  intellectual,  social,  and 
emotional  development  can  be  most 
influenced.  If  special  needs  are  recog- 
nized and  met  during  these  years, 
handicapped  children  wiU  have  a 
much  better  chance  of  becoming  com- 
petent and  independent  adults.  Handi- 
capped youngsters  who  are  given  the 
opportunity  to  play  with  other  children 
in  the  Head  Start  classroom  learn 
more  about  themselves  and  how  to 
cope  with  the  give  and  take  of 
everyday  life.  This  is  one  of  the  first 
steps  toward  developing  independence. 
By  participating  in  regular  preschool 
settings  that  are  able  to  provide  for 
specif  needs,  with  teachers  who  know 
how  to  adapt  teaching  techniques  and 
activities,  children  with  special  needs 
will  truly  have  a  "head  start"  in 
achieving  their  fullest  potential. 


Benefits  of 
Mainstreaming 


There  are  many  benefits  to  main- 
streaming-benefits  that  affect  both 
handicapped  and  non-handicapped 
children,  as  well  as  their  parents  and 
teachers. 


Mainstreaming  Helps 
Handicapped  Children 

Participating  in  a  mainstream 
classroom  as  a  welcome  member  of  the 
class  teaches  children  with  special 
needs  self-reUance  and  helps  them 
master  new  skills.  For  some,  it  may  be 
the  first  time  in  their  lives  that  they 
are  expected  to  do  for  themselves  the 
things  they  are  capable  of  doing. 
Working  and  playing  with  other  chil- 
dren encourages  handicapped  children 
to  strive  for  greater  achievements. 
Working  toward  greater  achievements 
helps  them  develop  a  healthy  and 
positive  self-concept. 

Mainstreaming  can  be  an  especial- 
ly valuable  method  for  discovering  un- 
diagnosed handicaps.  Some  handicaps 
don't  become  evident  until  after  a  child 
enters  elementary  school,  and  by  then 
much  important  learning  time  has 
been  lost.  A  preschool  teacher  is  able 
to  observe  and  compare  many  children 
of  the  same  age,  which  makes  it  easier 
to  spot  problems  that  may  signal  a 
handicap.  Preschool  may  therefore  be 
the  first  chance  some  children  get  to 
receive  the  services  they  need. 


Mainstreaming  Helps 

Non-Handicapped 

Children 

Mainstreaming  can  help  non- 
handicapped  children,  too.  They  learn 
to  accept  and  be  comfortable  with 
individual  differences  among  people. 
Many  studies  have  shown  that  chil- 
dren's attitudes  toward  handicapped 


children  become  more  positive  when 
they  have  the  opportunity  to  play 
together  regularly.  They  learn  that 
handicapped  children,  just  like  them- 
selves, can  do  some  things  better  than 
others.  In  a  mainstream  classroom, 
they  have  the  opportunity  to  make 
friends  with  many  different  indi- 
viduals. 


Mainstreaming 
Helps  Parents 

Mainstreaming  is  also  good  for  the 
parents  of  children  with  special  needs. 
With  you,  the  other  members  of  the 
staff,  and  specialists  sharing  the 
responsibility  for  teaching  a  child,  the 
parents  come  to  feel  less  isolated.  They 
can  learn  new  ways  to  help  their  own 
child.  As  they  watch  their  child 
progress  and  interact  with  non-handi- 
capped children,  parents  are  helped  to 
think  about  the  child  more  realis- 
tically. They  wiU  see  that  some  of  the 
behavior  they  are  concerned  about  is 
probably  typical  of  all  young  children, 
not  just  children  with  handicaps.  In 
these  ways,  parents  come  to  feel  better 
about  their  children  and  themselves. 


Mainstreaming 
Helps  Teachers 

Mainstreaming  also  has  advan- 
tages for  you.  You  have  the  chance  to 
make  a  significant  impact  on  a 
handicapped  child.  The  techniques  you 
develop  for  working  with  a  child  with 
special  needs  are  just  as  useful  with 
non-handicapped  children  who  have 
minor  weaknesses  in  the  same  areas. 
In  fact,  many  of  the  most  effective 
teaching  techniques  known  were  first 
developed  for  handicapped  children. 
Finally,  working  with  handicapped 
children  is  a  chance  to  broaden  both 
your  teaching  and  personal  experience. 


6 


How  Is 

Mainstreaming 
Carried 
Out? 


Mainstreaming  can  be  carried  out 
in  a  variety  of  ways.  How  you  decide 
to  mainstream  a  particular  handi- 
capped child  will  depend  upon  the 
child's  strengths,  weaknesses,  and 
needs,  and  will  also  depend  upon  the 
parents,  the  staff  and  resources  within 
your  program,  and  the  resources 
within  your  community.  As  you  know, 
every  child  is  an  individual  with 
different  needs  and  abilities.  This  is 
just  as  true  for  handicapped  children: 
they  display  a  broad  range  of  behavior 
and  abilities. 

Some  handicapped  children  may 
thrive  in  a  full-day  program  with  non- 
handicapped  children.  Others  wiD  do 
best  in  a  mainstream  environment  for 
only  part  of  the  time,  attending  special 
classes  or  staying  at  home  for  the  rest 
of  the  day.  For  still  others,  main- 
streaming  may  not  be  the  most  helpful 
approach.  The  principle  to  follow  is 
that  handicapped  children  should  be 
placed  in  the  "least  restrictive  en- 
vironment." This  means  that  the 
preschool  experiences  of  handicapped 
children  should  be  as  close  as  possible 
to  those  of  non-handicapped  children, 
while  still  meeting  the  special  needs 
created  by  their  handicaps. 

Mainstreaming  involves  the  efforts 
of  many  people  working  as  a  team — 
teachers,  the  child's  parents.  Head 
Start  staff  (in  health,  education,  handi- 
cap, parent  involvement,  and  social 
services),  other  specialists  providing 
consultant  services  on  a  full-  or  part- 
time  basis,  agencies  serving  handi- 
capped children,  and  the  public 
schools  in  the  community.  The  identi- 
fication, development,  and  coordina- 


tion of  this  team  effort  is  both  a 
challenge  and  a  critical  requirement  in 
meeting  the  needs  of  a  handicapped 
child. 

As  you  and  your  program  staff  get 
to  know  each  child,  and  as  you  work 
with  the  child's  parents  and  specialists 
in  your  community's  agencies  and 
public  schools,  you  will  be  able  to 
decide  what  is  best  for  each  child.  This 
book  describes  how  mainstreaming 
can  be  carried  out  by  the  parent/Head 
Start/specialist  team  in  order  to  pro- 
vide the  best  program  for  both  handi- 
capped and  non-handicapped  children. 

This  book  also  discusses  different 
degrees  of  the  handicapping  condition 
known  as  mental  retardation,  and 
describes  some  of  the  things  children 
with  mental  retardation  can  do  well 
and  things  they  may  have  some 
trouble  doing.  Specific  activities  and 
teaching  techniques  are  given  pri- 
marily for  use  with  mildly  or  moder- 
ately retarded  children.  However,  there 
are  numerous  suggestions  for  working 
with  severely  and  profoimdly  retarded 
children  as  well.  If  you  have  a  severely 
or  profoimdly  retarded  child  in  your 
classroom,  it  is  essential  to  seek 
outside  assistance.  It  takes  consulta- 
tion with  trained  specialists  and  addi- 
tional classroom  staff  to  give  such  a 
child  the  help  he  or  she  needs. 


What  Is 
Your  Role  in 
Mainstreaming? 


This  book  approaches  mainstream- 
ing from  the  standpoint  of  child 
development.  It  emphasizes  the  im- 
portance of  seeing  handicapped  chil- 
dren first  and  foremost  as  children, 
with  the  same  needs  all  children  have 
for  love,  acceptance,  exploration,  and  a 
sense  of  competence.  By  understand- 
ing how  all  children  develop  and 
learn  you  can  better  understand  the 
effects  of  a  particular  handicapping 
condition.  For  example,  knowing  the 
importance  of  visual  information  will 
help  you  understand  the  effects  of 
blindiiess  on  a  child's  development. 
You  can  then  use  this  knowledge  to 
plan  appropriate  activities  for  bmlding 
on  the  child's  strengths  and  working 
on  his  or  her  weaknesses. 

The  teaching  techniques  and  activ- 
ities provided  in  this  book  are  designed 
to  help  develop  skills  in  particular 
areas  of  development — motor,  social, 
cognitive,  language  and  speech,  and 
self-help — and  can  be  used  with  any 
child  or  group  of  children  in  your 
classroom,  whether  they  are  handi- 
capped or  non-handicapped. 


As  a  teacher,  your  role  in  main- 
streaming  includes: 

•  developing  and  putting  into 
effect  an  educational  pro- 
gram that  meets  the  indivi- 
dual needs  of  each  child  in 
the  classroom,  including 
the  special  needs  of  a  child 
with  a  handicapping  condi- 
tion 

•  working  together  with  the 
parents  of  a  handicapped 
child  so  that  learning  situa- 
tions that  occur  in  your 
classroom  are  reinforced  by 
the  parents  at  home 

•  finding  out,  through  your 
handicap  coordinator  or 
social  services  coordinator, 
w^hat  special  services  a 
handicapped  child  is  receiv- 
ing and  how^  you  can  get  a 
specialist  to  help  you  in 
your  classroom  teaching 

•  arranging  referrals 
through  your  handicap  co- 
ordinator or  social  services 
coordinator  for  diagnostic 
testing,  if  you  feel  a  child 
has  a  problem  that  has  not 
been  clearly  identified. 

In  carrying  out  this  role,  there  are 
many  resources  that  can  be  tapped  to 
assist  you.  Later  in  the  manual  they 
will  be  described  in  more  detail,  but 
they  are  summarized  on  the  following 
chart. 


8 


Where  to  Go 
for  Help 


There  are  many  resources  you  can 
tap  for  help  with  a  handicapped  child. 
Take  advantage  of  these  resources  by 
actively  seeking  them  out.  For  detailed 
information  on  Head  Start  and  other 
resources  in  your  area,  see  Chapter  6. 
For  detailed  information  on  national, 
professional  and  parent  associations 
and  agencies,  and  a  list  of  helpful 
materials,  see  Chapter  7. 


i^ 


Places 

Public  schools 
Community  agencies 
Universities 
Hospitals  and  clinics 
State  Department 
of  Education 


People 


Head  Start  staff 

Child's  parents 

Specialists 

Public  school  teachers 

of  handicapped  children 

Resource  Access  Projects 


Teacher 

and 

Child 

Avith  mental 
retardation 


Information 

Libraries 

State  and  federal  agencies 
for  the  handicapped 
Professional  associations 
Parent  organizations 


Chapter  2: 


What  Is 

Mental 

Retardation? 


Children  with  mental 
retardation  have  a 
slower  overall  rate  of 
learning  and  develop- 
ment than  other 
children. 


10         Children  with  mental  retarda- 
tion aren't  so  very  different  from 
non-handicapped  children.  Like 
other  preschoolers,  they  can  do 
some  things  better  than  other 
things,  have  happy  moods  and  sad 
moods,  and  need  your  support  to 
learn  and  grow. 

This  chapter  looks  at  how 
mental  retardation  is  defined,  and 
at  what  mental  retardation  means 
for  those  who  teach  and  work 
with  mentally  retarded  pre- 
schoolers. Some  of  the  terms  in 
this  book  are  commonly  used  to 
describe  mentally  retarded  people. 
These  terms  have  been  agreed 
upon  by  specialists  who  work  in 
the  field  of  mental  retardation. 
However,  it  is  important  to  recog- 
nize that  the  terms  sometimes 
become  labels.  Labels  usually  limit 
rather  than  extend  our  under- 
standing, and  labeling  a  child 
often  produces  negative  and  in- 
accurate expectations  for  that 
child.  Describing  children  in  terms 
of  strengths  and  weaknesses  is 
much  more  valuable  to  you  than 
being  able  to  fit  them  into  a  label 
or  category.  Learning  about 
mental  retardation  can  help  you 
to  realize  the  special  needs  of 
retarded  children.  However,  only 
by  working  with  a  retarded  child 
will  you  recognize  his  or  her 
unique  skills  and  problems. 


Mentally 

Retarded 

Preschoolers 

The  "Head  Start'' 
Definition 


In  defining  handicapping  condi- 
tions, Project  Head  Start  distinguishes 
between  categoricEil  definitions, 
which  are  used  for  reporting  purposes, 
and  functional  definitions,  which 
describe  a  child's  areas  of  strength 
and  weakness.  The  categorical 
definition  uses  Project  Head  Start's 
legislated  diagnostic  criteria.  An 
interdisciplinary  diagnostic  team  (or  a 
professional  who  is  qualified  to 
diagnose  the  specific  handicap)  must 
use  this  definition  to  make  a 
categorical  diagnosis  of  a  child.  This 
diagnosis  is  used  only  for  reporting 
piuT)Oses.  A  functional  definition  or 
diagnosis,  on  the  other  hand,  assesses 
what  a  child  can  and  cannot  do,  and 
identifies  areas  that  call  for  special 
education  and  related  services.  The 
functional  assessment  should  be 
developed  by  a  diagnostic  team,  with 
the  child's  parents  and  teacher  as 
active  participants.  Another  term  for 
functional  assessment  or  functional 
diagnosis  is  developmental  profile. 


According  to  Project  Head  Start, 
the  following  categorical  defini- 
tion of  mental  retardation  is  to 
be  used  for  reporting  purposes  in 
Head  Start  programs: 

A  child  shall  be  considered 
mentally  retarded  who,  during 
the  early  developmental  period, 
exhibits  significant  sub- 
average  intellectual  functioning 
accompanied  by  impairment  in 
adaptive  behavior.  In  any  de- 
termination of  intellectual 
functioning  using  standardized 
tests  that  lack  adequate  norms 
for  all  racial/ ethnic  groups  at 
the  preschool  age,  adequate 
consideration  should  be  given 
to  cultural  influences  as  ivell  as 
age  and  developmental  level 
(i.e.,  finding  of  a  low  I.Q.  is 
never  by  itself  sufficient  to 
make  the  diagnosis  of  mental 
retardation). 


("Transmittal  Notice  Announcement  of  Diagnostic 
Criteria  for  Reporting  Handicapped  Children  in 
Head  Start,"  OCD-HS,  September  11,  1975.) 


How^  Is 
Mental 
Retardation 
Defined? 


An  overall  slowness  in  develop- 
ment is  characteristic  of  children  with 
mental  retardation.  This  slowness 
makes  them  seem  younger  than  they 
are.  During  the  preschool  years,  retard- 
ed children  fall  consistently  behind 
other  preschoolers  in  their  ability  to 
learn,  to  remember  what  they  have 
learned,  and  to  solve  problems.  In  the 
preschool  years,  "adaptive  behavior" 
refers  to  a  child's  increasing  ability  to 
use  language,  to  play  with  others,  and 
to  do  things  independently.  In  retarded 
preschoolers,  this  ability  is  Limited.  For 
example,  they  may  not  be  able  to 
respond  to  their  names  or  to  catch  on 
to  simple  games.  They  may  not  be 
able  to  jump,  hop,  feed  themselves,  or 
signal  that  they  need  to  go  to  the 
bathroom. 

The  part  of  the  definition  in  italics 
is  important.  Formal  tests  of  intel- 
lectual functioning  (called  I.Q.  or 
intelligence  quotient  tests)  are  not 
always  good  predictors  of  a  pre- 
schooler's later  development.  Young 
children  are  hard  to  test,  especially 
since  they  are  changing  so  quickly. 
Furthermore,  many  of  the  tests  aren't 
accurate  for  youngsters  from  different 
cultural,  language,  and  ethnic  back- 
grounds. For  preschoolers  (as  well  as 
for  older  chilcken  and  adults),  a  low 
score  on  an  I.Q.  test  is  not  enough  to 
diagnose  them  as  retarded. 


11 


12 


Levels 

of 

Retardation 

Specialists  in  mental  retardation 
generally  agree  on  a  set  of  terms  for 
the  levels  of  the  handicap.  These  terms 
are:  mild,  moderate,  severe,  and  pro- 
found. They  refer  to  different  levels  of 
I.Q.  and  adaptive  behavior,  and  to 
different  abilities  to  learn. 

Many  mild  impairments  other  than 
mild  mental  retardation  are  not  con- 
sidered handicaps  by  Project  Head 
Start  if  the  conditions  do  not  require 
special  services.  For  example,  a  child 
whose  vision  can  be  corrected  with 
eyeglasses  is  not  considered  visually 
handicapped.  Children  are  considered 
handicapped  if  they  fall  \yithin  the 
legislative  definition  and  if,  by  reason 
of  this  handicap,  they  require  special 
education  and  related  services. 
Mildly  mentally  retarded  children  are 
considered  handicapped  according  to 
the  legislative  definition  if  they  exhibit 
"significant  sub-average  intellectual 
functioning  accompanied  by  impair- 
ment in  adaptive  behavior..."  and  if 
they  require  special  education  and 
related  services. 

The  levels  of  retardation  are 
perhaps  best  described  in  terms  of  how 
the  children  in  your  classroom  func- 
tion, what  and  how  they  learn,  and 
how  much  time  they  need  to  learn. 


Mild  Retardation 

We  might  think  of  mildly  retarded 
children  as  those  who  learn  consider- 
ably more  slowly  than  other  children 
of  the  same  age.  As  preschoolers, 
mildly  retarded  children  may  be  good 
at  large  motor  activities  but  have  some 
trouble  speaking,  remembering  things, 
following  directions,  and  coordinating 
the  use  of  their  eyes  and  hands.  They 
may  be  slow  to  learn  routines  and 
simple  games,  and  may  not  be  able  to 
put  all  their  thoughts  into  words. 
Mildly  retarded  children  are  sometimes 
called  "educable  mentally  retarded." 
They  should  be  able  to  learn  most  of 
the  activities  in  your  classroom,  but 
will  probably  need  more  help  and 
more  practice  than  the  other  children. 


Moderate  Retardation 

Moderately  retarded  preschoolers 
tend  to  be  further  behind  in  all  areas 
of  development.  They  are  often  climisy, 
are  very  late  in  talkmg,  have  trouble 
remembering  things,  and  tend  to 
behave  like  children  about  half  then- 
age.  In  yoiu-  classroom  you  may  need 
to  show  them  many  times  how  to  do 
things.  You  will  probably  find  that  it 
helps  to  use  simpler  language  to 
explain  things,  and  to  break  activities 
down  into  small  parts  that  can  be 
taught  and  practiced  one  at  a  time. 
These  children  can  benefit  from 
attending  preschool  and  from  being 
with  non-handicapped  children.  They 
are  sometimes  called  "trainable  men- 
tally retarded." 


Severe  and  Profound 
Retardation 

Severely  and  profoundly  retarded 
preschoolers,  like  infants,  require  help 
with  all  of  their  daily  needs.  Many 
have  special  problems  with  movement 
and  feeding  that  call  for  help  from  an 
occupational  therapist.  Because  they 
need  so  much  care,  it  is  unlikely  that 
many  such  children  will  be  enrolled  in 
Head  Start  classrooms.  However,  in 
some  communities,  Head  Start  may  be 
the  best  program  available  to  provide 
stimulation  to  the  child  and  support 
the  child's  parents.  If  you  have  a 
severely  or  profoundly  retarded  child 
in  your  classroom,  you  will  want  to 
talk  with  specialists  about  the  child's 
special  needs. 


Rate  of 
Learning 


Perhaps  the  single  most  important 
concept  in  the  diagnosis  of  children 
with  mental  retardation  is  the  concept 
of  rate  of  learning.  AH  children 
learn  at  different  rates,  but  children 
with  mental  retardation  have  a  slower 
overall  rate  of  learning  and  develop- 
ment than  other  children.  Even 
though  the  rate  of  learning  in  mental- 
ly retarded  children  is  slower,  these 
children  are  capable  of  learning  a 
great  deal  at  their  own  pace.  If  you 
see  that  a  child  is  developing  very 
slowly,  you  may  want  to  refer  him  or 
her  to  specialists  for  further  evalua- 
tion. The  specialists  should  be  qual- 
ified to  examine  the  child  in  order  to 
assess  language  development,  cog- 
nitive development,  medical  history, 
and  physical  health.  Working  as  a 
tearn,  the  child's  parents,  teachers,  and 
specialists  should  determine  how  to 
improve  the  child's  learning  at  home 
and  at  preschool. 


Commonly 
Associated 
Handcaps 


13 


Some  mentally  retarded  children 
have  other  handicaps.  These  other 
handicaps  result  from  damage  to  the 
central  nervous  system,  which  is  the 
control  center  for  all  of  the  body's 
functions.  The  other  handicaps  wOl 
vary,  depending  upon  the  type  of  men- 
tal retardation  and  its  cause.  If  a 
retarded  child  in  your  classroom  has 
another  handicap,  you  may  find  it 
helpful  to  read  aoout  it  in  the 
appropriate  book  in  this  series. 


Severe  or  Profound 
Retardation 

Some  severely  and  profoundly 
retarded  yoimgsters  never  develop 
speech.  However,  more  and  more  of 
them  are  being  taught  to  commimicate 
orally  or  by  signs,  using  special 
intensive  training  procedures.  Some  of 
these  children  may  have  severe  physi- 
cal handicaps  like  those  found  in 
cerebral  palsy;  others  may  be  blind 
and/or  deaf.  Some  children  with 
severe  or  profound  mental  retardation 
have  epOepsy.  Usually  their  seizures 
are  controlled  by  medication,  but  their 
doctor  may  ask  you  to  help  by 
recording  the  effects  of  the  medica- 
tion. Mainstreaming  may  not  be  best 
for  some  of  these  children. 


14  Moderate  Retardation 

Motor,  speech,  and  language  devel- 
opment are  often  so  delayed  in 
moderately  retarded  children  as  to  be 
considered  associated  handicaps. 
There  may  be  other  handicaps,  such 
as  deafiiess  or  blindness,  but  these 
occur  less  frequently  with  moderate 
retardation  than  with  severe  and 
profoxind  retardation. 


Mild  Retardation 

Mild  mental  retardation  is  not 
usually  associated  with  severe  handi- 
capping conditions.  However,  a  nuldly 
retarded  child  is  more  likely  to  have 
other  handicaps  than  a  non-handicap- 
ped child. 

There  is  no  medicine  used  to  treat 
mental  retardation.  If  a  retarded  child 
in  your  class  is  taking  medication,  it  is 
for  another  problem. 


Problems 

in 

Diagnosis 

Accurate  diagnosis  will  enable  you 
and  others  to  give  the  kind  of  help 
that  a  child  needs.  This  means,  first  of 
aU,  that  someone  has  to  recognize  that 
a  diagnosis  is  called  for.  If  tests  are 
given,  they  have  to  be  appropriate 
and  administered  by  trained  people. 
Further,  the  tests'  results  have  to  be 
properly  interpreted.  Accurate  diag- 
nosis, therefore,  can  sometimes  be 
tricky,  as  the  following  examples 
indicate. 


Bumping  into  the  chair  made 
Mark  even  angrier. 


Mistaking  One 
Handicap 
for  Another 

Inaccurate  diagnosis  can  mean 
that  a  child's  special  needs  are  over- 
looked. 


M 


argarita 

Margarita,  a  three-year-old  in  a 
preschool  program,  was  thought  to  be 
retarded.  She  did  not  respond  when 
her  name  was  called.  She  communi- 
cated by  making  gestures  and  a  few 
sounds  that  did  not  seem  to  be  words. 
In  the  classroom  she  couldn't  keep  up 
or  follow  directions.  Sometimes  she 
played  alone  in  the  corner.  The  older 
children  in  the  neighborhood  called 
her  "dummy."  The  teacher  talked  with 
Margarita's  parents  and  got  their 
permission  to  refer  her  to  specialists 
for  a  complete  evaluation. 

The  evaluation  determined  that 
Margarita  had  a  serious  hearing  loss. 
As  a  result,  she  didn't  understand 
what  was  going  on  around  her,  and 
could  not  respond  to  her  name.  She 
had  enormous  difficulty  learning  to 
talk  because  she  couldn't  hear  dif- 
ferences in  sounds.  She  was  con- 
fused by  the  normal  activities  in  the 
classroom  because  she  could  not 
understand  the  directions. 

Fitted  with  a  hearing  aid, 
Margarita  began  to  receive  special 
training  from  a  teacher  of  seriously 
hearing  impaired  children.  Correctly 
diagnosed  as  hearing  impaired,  rather 
than  incorrectly  as  mentally  retarded, 
Margarita  can  now  begin  to  receive 
appropriate  services. 

Children  like  Margarita  with 
perceptual  problems  in  hearing,  speaking, 
and  seeing  may  be  misdiagnosed  as 
mentally  retarded  because  some  percep- 
tual skills  are  involved  in  testing  any 
child. 


M 


15 


ark 


Mark  was  a  five-year-old  whose 
behavior  problems  kept  him  from 
learning  what  other  children  were 
learning,  so  he  seemed  to  be  retarded. 
Mark  ran  around  the  classroom,  hit 
and  kicked  other  children,  used  only 
one  or  two  words,  and  was  not  toilet- 
trained.  He  was  so  far  behind  the 
other  children  in  the  classroom  that 
his  parents  and  teacher  thought  he 
must  be  mentally  retarded. 

Mark  was  referred  to  a  large  clinic, 
where  he  was  evaluated  by  an  inter- 
disciplinary team  of  specialists.  After 
reviewing  his  history,  talking  with  his 
teachers  and  his  parents,  and  observ- 
ing him  in  a  classroom  and  at  play, 
the  diagnosticians  said  the  problem 
was  emotional  disturbance.  Mark  had 
average  intelligence  but  had  serious 
difficulty  adjusting  in  his  home  and  at 
school.  His  way  of  coping  with  a  world 
that  he  could  not  understand  was  to 
act  like  a  much  younger  child-. 

Knowing  that  Mark  could  learn 
normally  if  he  were  not  so  troubled 
made  a  difference  in  the  program  and 
services  provided  for  him.  He  entered  a 
mainstream  classroom  where  he 
received  special  help  from  a  psycholo- 
gist and  the  teacher.  Now  Mark  is 
learning  better,  has  stopped  running 
around  the  classroom,  and  is  toilet- 
trained.  Mark  still  has  a  long  way  to 
go,  but  he  has  taken  the  first  step. 


16   Mistaking 

Cultural  Differences 
for  Handicaps 

Cultural  or  ethnic  differences  have 
sometimes  been  confused  with  mental 
retardation.  This  confusion  is  very 
destructive. 


M. 


.ana 

Maria  was  five  when  her  family 
moved  to  the  United  States  from 
Puerto  Rico.  She  entered  a  Head  Start 
classroom  soon  after  her  arrival. 

After  about  three  weeks,  her 
parents  got  a  call  asking  tfiem  to  come 
to  the  center  for  a  conference.  Maria 
was  not  doing  well.  She  didn't  seem  to 
know  anything  that  the  other  children 
knew.  Tiie  teacher  thought  Maria  was 
mentally  retarded,  and  wanted  a 
specialist  to  test  her.  Dismayed, 
Maria's  parents  agreed  to  tfie  test. 
Maria  tested  in  the  moderate  range  of 
mental  retardation. 

Her  parents  were  horrified.  In  her 
preschool  class  in  PueHo  Rico  she  had 
already  learned  to  name  objects  pic- 
tured in  storybooks,  jump  rope,  and 
retell  her  favorite  stories.  How  could 
they  be  calling  her  mentally  retarded? 

Fortunately,  Maria's  parents  asked 
the  right  questions.  They  learned  that 
the  diagnostician  had  tested  Maria  in 
English,  her  second  language.  Al- 
though all  of  the  family  spoke  English 
somewhat,  their  first  language  was 
Spanish.  Maria  was  still  not  fluent 
enough  to  understand  the  rapid-fire 
English  in  the  classroom  or  the  formal 
English  used  in  a  standardized  psy- 
chological test.  If  Maria's  parents  had 
not  understood  what  was  happening, 
their  bright  daughter  might  have  been 
labeled  mentally  retarded,  which 
would  have  had  countless  damaging 
effects.  Parents  and  teachers  need  to 
make  sure  that  children  are  tested  in 
their  first  language. 


Cultural  Differences 

Many  cultural  differences  can  lead 
to  a  child's  being  misdiagnosed  as 
mentally  retarded,  because  many  tests 
are  standardized  to  fit  children  from  a 
middle-class,  white  American  back- 
ground. Children  from  low-income  or 
minority  families  may  not  have  had 
the  same  chance  to  work  on  school- 
related  skills  (such  as  naming  pictures 
in  books)  as  children  from  middle-class 
families.  They  may  not  have  seen  the 
same  kinds  of  social  behavior  that 
children  from  middle-class  families 
have  learned  as  "normal."  And  if  they 
speak,  for  example,  Spanish,  Chinese, 
or  a  non-standard  English  dialect  at 
home,  they  may  not  understand  what 
is  being  said  to  them,  which  means 
they  can't  answer  the  test  questions 
correctly. 

Because  of  circumstances  like  these, 
children  from  minority  and  low-income 
families  can  appear  retarded  when 
their  test  scores  are  compared  with  the 
test  scores  of  children  from  middle- 
class  families.  The  problem  is  often 
not  with  the  children  but  with  the 
tests. 

We  don't  mean  to  say  that  there 
are  no  mentally  retarded  children  from 
low-income  or  minority  families: 
mental  retardation  occurs  at  all 
income  levels  and  in  all  ethnic  groups. 
But  you  should  be  especially  wary  of 
diagnoses  of  mental  retardation  based 
on  tests  given  to  children.  K  you're 
told  that  a  particular  child  has  been 
tested  and  found  to  be  retarded,  and  if 
your  experience  with  the  child  makes 
you  think  the  child  is  not  retarded,  tell 
your  handicap  coordinator  that  the 
child  should  be  looked  at  more  care- 
fiiUy. 


Differences  in  Maturity 

Another  mistake  that  is  sometimes 
made  is  to  confuse  behavior  problems 
and  physical  or  mental  immaturity 
with  retardation.  This  confusion  hurts 
boys  more  than  it  does  girls,  because 
boys  generally  mature  more  slowly 
than  girls.  This  may  mean  that  some 
skills  aren't  as  advanced  as  those  of 
girls  the  same  age.  But  it  doesn't  mean 
they're  retarded  —  they  will  catch  up 
when  their  bodies  are  ready.  Boys  may 
demonstrate  more  behavior  problems 
than  girls,  and  tend  to  be  more 
boisterous  and  rowdy.  Again,  this 
doesn't  mean  they're  retarded. 


Maintain  Your  Awareness 

Head  Start  programs  have  a  well- 
deserved  reputation  for  promoting  the 
rich  cultural  and  ethnic  differences 
that  exist  among  the  families  they 
serve.  You  are  perhaps  least  likely  of 
all  professionals  to  confuse  cultural 
and  ethnic  differences  with  mental 
retardation.  Likewise,  you  are  familiar 
with  the  lands  of  behavior  associated 
with  physical  and  emotional  immatur- 
ity. But  it  is  important  for  you  as  a 
Head  Start  teacher  to  watch  carefully 
for  special  problems,  so  that  all 
youngsters  who  are  truly  developing 
slowly  have  the  advantage  of  an 
assessment  by  specialists. 


Young  Children  Can 
Be  Difficult  to  Test 

Young  children  are  not  always 
easy  to  assess  or  diagnose.  They  may 
not  sit  still.  They  aren't  always 
interested  in  what  you  want  them  to 
do.  They  may  cry  if  they  don't  want  to 
do  something,  throw  the  materials,  or 
wet  their  pants.  But  any  child  with  a 
problem  deserves  the  attention  of  a 
team  made  up  of  specialists,  the  child's 
parents,  and  you.  Any  chOd  you  have 
a  question  about  deserves  a  referral,  as 
long  as  the  parents  agree. 


17 


18 


Recognizing 
Problems 
for 
Referral 


Some  retarded  children  will  be 
diagnosed  before  they  are  enrolled  in 
Head  Start,  but  others  may  not  be. 
Children  who  are  only  mildly  retarded, 
for  example,  may  be  enrolled  in  your 
program  without  ever  having  been 
recognized  as  handicapped.  The 
teacher  may  be  the  first  person  in  the 
life  of  the  child  who  can  alert  other 
professionals  to  a  problem,  so  that 
services  for  the  child's  special  needs 
can  finally  begin.  Sometimes  parents 
need  advice  and  encouragement  from 
teachers  to  recognize  and  face 
problems  that  may  have  troubled  them 
in  their  child's  behavior.  Diagnosis, 
first  and  foremost,  is  needed  to  point 
out  the  extra  help  and  services  these 
children  need. 


General 
Guidelines 

Learn  to  Observe 
Carefully 

Your  own  classroom  observation, 
plus  conversations  with  parents  about 
their  children,  can  be  the  best  foimda- 
tion  for  deciding  whether  to  refer  a 
particul£ir  child  to  a  professional 
diagnostician.  As  a  classroom  teacher, 
you  observe  children  and  draw  con- 
clusions every  day. 

Do  you  have  a  child  in  your  class 
who  seems  difficult  to  handle,  hard  to 
get  along  with,  or  slow?  If  you  observe 
the  child,  figure  out  what  might 
improve  the  behavior,  and  try  several 
approaches,  you  may  find  that  the 
child's  problems  are  not  as  serious  as 
you  first  thought.  And  if  they  still 
seem  serious,  you  can  conclude  that  a 
professional  evaluation  is  in  order. 

This  process  of  carefully  observing 
and  drawing  conclusions  helps  you 
plan  activities  to  meet  the  individual 
needs  of  all  children.  Even  though  you 
aren't  a  professional  diagnostician, 
don't  underestimate  your  ability  to 
spot  serious  problem  areas  that  may 
signal  a  handicapping  condition  in  a 
chUd. 


Ask  Questions 

Ask  yourself  some  good,  basic 
questions  to  determine  whether  a  child 
should  be  referred  for  professional 
evaluation: 

Does  the  child  learn  so  slowly 
that  it  keeps  him  or  her  from 
participating  fully  with  the  other 
children? 

Is  the  child's  adaptive  behavior 
(ability  to  use  language,  to  play 
with  other  children,  and  to  be 
reasonably  independent)  so  poor 
that  it  keeps  him  or  her  from 
participating  fully  with  the  other 
children? 

If  your  answer  to  either  or  both  of 
these  questions  is  yes,  and  if  the 
parents  agree,  referral  is  in  order.  If  it 
turns  out  that  the  child  is  not 
handicapped,  you  and  the  parents  will 
be  reassiured  and  will  gain  a  better 
understanding  of  the  child.  If  a 

groblem  does  exist,  the  child  will  then 
e  able  to  obtain  the  needed  help. 


Different  children  —  different  surroundings 
different  influences  —  different  expectations. 


Recognize 
Cultural  Differences 

It  is  important  to  distinguish  be- 
tween children  who  are  different  and 
children  who  may  be  handicapped. 
Since  the  children  in  your  classroom 
come  from  a  variety  of  backgrounds 
and  child-rearing  experiences,  it  is  only 
logical  that  they  will  react  to  your 
classroom  in  a  variety  of  ways. 

For  example,  Juan's  teacher 
noticed  that  he  was  having  a  lot  of 
trouble  asking  questions,  describing 
things,  and  generally  explaining 
himself.  The  teacher  knew  that  in 
Juan's  home  everyone  spoke 
Spanish.  She  suspected  that  he  was 
having  the  kinds  of  problems  any- 
one has  in  learning  another  lan- 
guage, and  that  he  was  probably 
not  speech  impaired.  She  decided  to 
take  a  good  look  at  his  speech 
problems  over  the  next  six  months, 
and  as  she  predicted,  they  lessened 
as  his  English  improved. 

In  another  example,  Sara  came 
from  a  home  where  hitting  and 
kicking  were  tolerated  as  normal 
behavior  among  the  children.  This 
sort  of  behavior  in  the  Head  Start 
classroom  made  her  teacher  suspect 
emotional  disturbance.  For  Sara, 
however,  this  behavior  was  not  only 
normal  but  necessary,  since  she 
needed  to  protect  herself  from  her 
brothers  and  sisters.  With  her 
teacher's  help,  Sara  came  to  learn 
that  this  sort  of  behavior  was  not 
allowed  in  class,  and  in  fact  wasn't 
needed  there  for  self-protection. 
Sara  no  longer  acted  as  if  she  had 
severe  emotional  problems. 


19 


20  Juan  and  Sara  were  not  handi- 

capped. They  were  simply  behaving 
in  ways  that  made  sense  from  the 
point  of  view  of  their  life  exper- 
iences. Finding  out  about  a  child's 
family  and  home  will  help  you  to 
identify  when  diagnosis  is  called 
for. 


Recognize 
Individual  Differences 

Distinguish  between  those  children 
whose  temperaments  and  individual 
learning  styles  you  find  difficult  and 
those  children  who  may  be  handi- 
capped. Children,  like  adults,  can  be 
slow  or  fast  to  catch  on  to  things,  can 
be  quiet  and  thoughtful  or  very 
energetic  and  into  everything.  Some 
get  frustrated  more  easily  than  others, 
some  get  distressed  and  upset  more 
easily  than  others,  and  some  demand 
more  attention  than  others.  It  is 
helpful  to  ask  yourself:  "Do  I  find  this 
child  difficult  because  of  personality 
differences  between  the  two  of  us?  Or 
is  the  behavior  of  the  child  genuinely 
different  from  the  range  of  behavior 
shown  by  other  children  the  same 
age?" 


Gret  Professional  Help 

From  the  child's  point  of  view, 
referral  is  better  than  non-referral. 
This  means  that  if  you  think  a 
handicap  might  account  for  the  be- 
havior you  have  observed,  it  is  best  to 
have  the  child  professionally  evalu- 
ated. If  you  find  out  that  the  child  does 
not  have  a  handicap,  no  harm  has 
been  done.  If,  on  the  other  hand,  a 
handicapped  child  is  not  diagnosed, 
the  child's  special  needs  wiU  not  be 
met.  Referral  is  also  preferred  over 
non-referral  for  children  who  have 
already  been  diagnosed:  as  we  have 
seen,  children  can  be  incorrectly  diag- 
nosed. If  a  child  enters  your  class 
already  diagnosed  as  mentally  retard- 
ed, take  an  especially  close  look. 
Have  the  child  re-evgJuated  if  you 
have  any  doubts  about  the  diagnosis. 


Using  a  checklist  to  observe  a  child  can  alert 
you  to  the  possibility  of  undiagnosed  mental 
retardation. 


The 

Observational 

Checklist 


The  checklist  of  behaviors  that 
follows  can  alert  you  to  undiagnosed 
mental  retardation,  and  help  you  know 
when  to  refer  a  child  for  professional 
evaluation. 

The  checklist  is  divided  into  three 
major  sections.  "Information  Coming 
from  the  Environment"  examines  the 
ways  in  which  children  take  in 
information  about  the  world  through 
their  senses  (seeing,  hearing,  moving, 
smelling,  tasting,  and  touching).  The 
second  section  is  called  "Processing 
the  Information,"  and  refers  to  the 
ways  in  which  children  organize  the 
information  (such  as  remembering, 
making  associations,  understanding 
causes  and  results,  and  so  forth).  The 
third  section,  "Using  the  Information" 
concerns  the  two  major  ways  in  which 
children  can  express  what  they  have 
learned:  by  what  they  say  and  by 
what  they  do.  The  titles  of  these 
sections  refer  to  parts  of  the  learning 
process.  (At  the  beginning  of  Chapter 
3,  a  section  called  "How  Do  Children 
Learn?"  describes  the  learning  process 
£ind  the  kinds  of  problems  that  can 
occur.)  In  addition,  there  is  one  short 
section  in  the  checklist  on  the  child's 
behavior  in  the  classroom,  which  has 
to  do  with  the  child's  relationships 
with  other  people. 

Basically,  the  checklist  reflects  two 
primary  signals  of  mental  retardation: 
being  slower  than  others  to  catch  on  to 
new  things,  and  slower  to  finish  a 
task.  The  items  on  the  checklist  are 
specific,  representing  behavior  that 
may  indicate  a  problem.  We  must 
emphasize  that  these  items  are  an 
approximate  description.  Probably 
every  child  in  your  classroom  will 
show  one  or  more  of  these  character- 
istics from  time  to  time.  Only  when 
such  behavior  happens  often  or  aU  the 
time  may  there  be  a  problem. 


How  To  Use  the 
Observational  Checklist 

For  each  item  on  the  checklist, 
check  whether  a  child  "often  or 
always"  behaves  that  way,  or  "rarely 
or  never"  does.  Three  or  more  checks 
in  the  "often  or  always"  column  mean 
that  a  child  may  have  a  serious 
problem.  And  the  possibility  of  a 
serious  problem  means  that  you 
should  talk  to  someone  in  your 
program  (such  as  the  handicap, 
health,  or  social  services  coordinator) 
about  referring  the  child  for  profes- 
sional evaluation. 


21 


Observational  Checklist 


22 


Information 
Coming  from 
the  Environment 


The  child  doesn't  understand  direc- 
tions, reacts  slowly  to  them,  or 
waits  to  see  what  the  other  chil- 
dren are  doing  first. 

The  child  seems  confiised  and 
doesn't  do  what  other  children  are 
doing  along  with  them. 

The  child  doesn't  know  what  to  do 
with  materials  and  toys,  or  uses 
them  for  the  wrong  purposes. 

Loud  sounds  disturb  the  child. 

A  lot  of  unorganized  moving 
around  in  the  classroom  confuses 
the  child. 

The  child  has  trouble  noticing  fine 
details. 

The  child  doesn't  answer  to  his  or 
her  name. 

The  child  can't  carry  out  a  one-step 
direction. 

The  child  can't  concentrate  on  one 
thing  for  very  long,  and  is  easily 
distracted. 

The  child  doesn't  show  interest  in 
classroom  siurroundings. 


# 


^ 


C? 


an 

□n 

nn 
nn 

nn 
nn 
nn 
nn 

nn 


Processing 
the  Information 


The  child  has  trouble  remembering 
what  he  or  she  has  seen  or  heard, 
or  what  has  happened. 

The  child  can't  match  colors  and 
shapes. 

The  child  can't  sort  colors  and 
shapes. 

The  child  can't  answer  simple 
questions  (such  as  "What's  your 
name?")  or  gives  answers  that 
make  no  sense. 

The  child  doesn't  know  things  that 
other  children  in  the  class  know. 

The  child  does  things  in  the  wrong 
order  (such  as  drying  the  pan 
before  it  has  been  washed). 

The  child  can't  predict  dangerous 
consequences  of  actions  before  he 
or  she  does  them. 

The  child  can't  hear  small  differ- 
ences in  words  (such  as  boy /toy, 
Fred/red). 

The  child  can't  retell  a  simple 
story. 

The  child  has  trouble  following  two 
or  more  directions  in  the  right 
order. 

The  child  doesn't  understand  com- 
mon environmental  sounds  (for 
example,  can't  tell  you  "a  car" 
upon  hearing  the  beep  of  a  car 
horn). 

The  child  doesn't  remember  the 
classroom  routine. 

The  child  forgets  what  he  or  she  is 
doing  in  the  middle  of  it. 

The  child  has  trouble  inventing 
stories  and  actions  in  pretend  play. 

The  child  doesn't  understand  basic 
concepts  such  as  relationships, 
time,  space,  and  quantity  as  well 
as  other  children  do. 


d^   ^^ 


nn 

nn 
nn 
nn 

nn 
nn 

nn 

nn 

nn 
nn 

nn 

nn 
nn 
nn 
nn 


Using  the 
Information 


Verbal  Responses:  Talking 

The  child  doesn't  talk  at  all. 

You  can't  understand  the  child's 
speech. 

The  child  can't  communicate  using 
words  and  gestures,  either  alone  or 
together. 

The  child  can't  name  or  describe 
familiar  objects. 

Motor  Responses:  Moving  the 
Body 

The  child  trembles  or  shakes. 

The  child  falls  down  or  bumps  into 
things  a  lot. 

The  child  walks  unevenly,  or  limps. 

The  child  has  poor  eye-hand  coor- 
dination (for  example,  knocks  things 
over  a  lot). 

The  child  can't  puU  simple  clothing 
on  or  off. 

The  child  has  trouble  using  toys 
such  as  blocks  and  puzzles. 

The  child  can't  copy  simple  forms, 
such  as  a  line,  circle,  square. 


DD 

nn 


DD 

nn 

nn 
nn 

nn 
nn 
nn 


The  Chad's 

Behavior 

in  the  Classroom 


The  child  resists  change  and  vari- 
ety in  activities  by  crying,  throw- 
ing tantrums,  or  refusing  to  par- 
ticipate. 

The  child  cannot  make  choices 
about  what  to  do  or  select  activities 
independently. 

The  child  imitates  the  games  of 
other  children  rather  than  invent- 
ing his  or  her  own  games. 

The  child  withdraws  from  partici- 
pating in  most  or  all  of  the 
activities. 

The  child  is  constantly  disrupting 
the  class. 


nn 

nn 
nn 
nn 

nn 


23 


24  Steps 
to 
Take 

If  you  suspect  that  a  child  in 
your  class  has  undiagnosed 
mental  retardation,  take  the 
following  steps. 

1 ,    Find  out  if  the  standard 
screening  tests  have  been  given.  Talk 
to  the  handicap  coordinator,  the  person 
responsible  for  coordination  of  health 
services,  or  someone  else  in  your  pro- 
gram who  you  think  could  be  helpful. 

2  •  If  the  child  has  been 
screened,  no  problems  have  been  found, 
and  you  are  stiU  concerned  about  the 
child,  speak  to  the  handicap  coordinator, 
health  coordinator,  or  social  services  co- 
ordinator. The  parents  will  have  to  give 
their  permission  for  further  testing.  Ex- 
plain the  professional  diagnosis  process 
and  the  reasons  for  it  to  the  parents. 

3.     While  waiting  for  a  profes- 
sional diagnosis: 

•  Talk  with  the  parents  about  what 
they  notice  to  help  you  work  more 
effectively  with  the  child. 

•  Continue  to  observe  and  keep 
notes  to  help  you  plan  suitable 
activities. 

•  Chapter  4  discusses  guidelines  and 
ways  of  conducting  activities  for 
children.  Use  them  if  they  seem 
appropriate  and  if  you  find  they 
work. 


4.  Find  out  the  results  of  addi- 
tional tests  so  that  you  can  determine 
whether  your  individualized  plan  for 
the  child  needs  to  be  changed.  Discuss 
with  the  parents  the  results  of  the  tests 
and  any  suggested  changes  in  the  ser- 
vices the  child  is  receiving. 


Chapter  3: 


How 

Mental 

Retardation 

Affects 

Learning  in 

3-to5-Year-01ds 


It  is  necessary  to  know 
what  children  with 
mental  retardation  can 
do  in  order  to  develop 
an  effective  program. 


26 


Development 
in  Retarded 
and  Non- 
Handicapped 
Children 


Although  much  is  known  about  the 
milestones  in  child  development,  we 
still  can't  predict  exactly  when  young 
children  will  say  their  first  words  or 
take  their  first  steps.  We  do  know, 
however,  that  most  non-handicapped 
children  reach  a  given  milestone  of 
childhood  within  a  few  months  of  each 
other.  For  example,  Luz  Maria  learned 
to  walk  when  she  was  11  months  old. 
Her  younger  brother,  Jose ,  did  not 
walk  until  he  was  15  months  old.  But 
both  of  these  children  are  developing 
normally. 


The  chart  on  page  133  shows  the 
sequence  of  normal  development  from 
birth  to  six  years  of  age.  In  general, 
retarded  children  follow  the  normal 
sequence  of  developmental  skills 
shown  on  the  chart.  They  simply 
achieve  these  skiUs  at  a  slower  rate 
than  non-handicapped  children.  This 
means,  for  example,  that  a  mildly 
mentally  retarded  three-year-old  is 
Likely  to  be  developing  skills  that  are 
appropriate  for  non-handicapped  two- 
year-olds. 

To  a  great  extent,  development  is 
ordered,  meaning  that  some  things 
have  to  be  learned  before  others,  such 
as  walking  before  running.  But  de- 
velopment does  not  occur  in  a  lockstep 
fashion.  Retarded  and  non-handi- 
capped children  are  individuals,  each  of 
whom  will  demonstrate  a  unique 
pattern  of  development.  This  means 
that  occasionally  a  child  may  skip 
some  skills.  Another  child  may  be  slow 
to  pick  up  some  skills.  And  still 
another  may  demonstrate  some  skills 
earlier  than  expected.  It  is  only  when  a 
child  is  behind  in  all  areas,  or  when  a 
child  is  at  age  level  in  some  areas  but 
far  behind  in  others,  that  he  or  she 
needs  some  special  help. 


Having  fun  motivates 
children  to  learn. 


Deteniiining 
the  Effect  of 
Retardation 


By  observing  children  in  the  class- 
room and  talking  with  their  parents, 
you  can  learn  what  effect  the  retar- 
dation has  on  them.  Using  this 
information,  you  can  then  plan  activ- 
ities that  build  on  their  strengths  and 
help  them  with  their  weaknesses. 

Understanding  what  a  child 
currently  can  and  cannot  do  can  also 
help  you  to  understand  why  the  child 
behaves  in  a  particular  way.  For 
example,  it  is  extremely  helpful  to 
know  that  Joseph,  a  mentally  retarded 
four-year-old  in  your  classroom,  acts 
more  like  a  two-year-old.  Since  you 
know  that  almost  all  two-year-olds 
alternate  between  trying  to  do  every- 
thing on  their  own  and  wanting  lots  of 
help,  it's  not  surprising  that  Joseph  is 
so  changeable.  He's  not  trying  to  get 
attention  or  make  you  angry.  He  is 
simply  testing  his  control  over  the 
world,  as  two-year-olds  do. 

Looking  at  children  with  mental 
retardation  from  this  developmental 
perspective  can  provide  you  with 
many  insights  into  why  they  behave 
as  they  do,  and  when  they  might  be 
ready  to  learn  new  skills.  It  can  also 
enable  you  to  help  parents  understand 
their  child's  retarded  development.  Of 
course,  not  all  children's  behavior  can 
be  explained  as  easily  as  Joseph's,  but 
many  of  the  puzzling  things  that  a 
child  does  can  sometimes  be  figured 
out  by  looking  at  the  difference 
between  a  child's  age  and  his  or  her 
developmental  level. 

If  there  is  a  retarded  child  in  your 
classroom,  use  the  chart  of  normal 
development  to  decide  where  the  child 
is  developmentally.  Look  at  the  learn- 
ing model  presented  on  page  28-29 
to  discover  whether  the  child  has 
problems  receiving  information  from 
the  environment,  processing  informa- 


tion, or  using  information.  You  can 
then  develop  a  set  of  activities  for  the 
child  that  suits  the  child's  functioning 
level  and  that  takes  advantage  of  the 
child's  learning  strengths. 


Motivation 

Through 

Encouragement 

and 

Expectation 

Young  children  are  naturally 
curious  and  eager  to  learn.  Success 
makes  them  continue  to  feel  this  way. 
Failures  can  cause  them  to  take  fewer 
chances  and  to  turn  away  from 
learning. 

Like  all  of  us,  children  with  mental 
retardation  work  best  when  they  are 
rewarded  for  the  efforts  that  they 
make.  Adult  attention  and  approval 
can  be  a  strong  source  of  motivation,  if 
the  praise  is  honest.  Classroom  and 
home  activities  can  also  be  designed  to 
allow  children  to  feel  successful  and 
independent  in  as  many  ways  as 
possible. 

For  example,  Rolando  had  trouble 
with  fine  motor  skills.  He  couldn't 
draw  as  well  as  the  other  children,  and 
when  he  painted  his  brush  went 
beyond  the  edges  of  the  paper.  His 
teacher  solved  the  problem  by  giving 
Rolando  extra  large  sheets  of  paper  (to 
catch  the  paint  that  went  beyond  the 
edges).  Rolando  was  able  to  draw  and 
paint  more  easily,  and  felt  good  about 
it. 

Encouragement  is  important,  but  it 
is  also  necessary  to  provide  expecta- 
tions based  on  what  each  child  can 
currently  do  (not  on  the  child's  age  in 
years).  If  you  begin  early  to  set 
expectations  that  will  help  each  child 
stretch  and  grow,  you  will  be  helping 
him  or  her  to  grow  up  to  be  as 
independent  and  self-fulfilled  as  pos- 
sible. 


27 


^*  How  Do 
Children 
Learn? 


Learning  can  be  thought  of  as  a 
process  that  enables  children  to  know 
and  do  things  they  didn't  know  and 
couldn't  do  before.  For  this  to  happen, 
children  take  in  information  from  their 
environment — or,  more  exactly,  from 
people,  things,  and  events  in  their 
environment.  Next,  children  organize 
this  information  in  their  minds,  which 
makes  it  usable.  Last,  they  behave  in 
a  way  that  indicates  that  learning  has 
taken  place. 

Understanding  the  learning  process 
can  be  extremely  useful.  If  a  child  is 
having  trouble  learning,  you  can  try  to 
determine  which  part  of  the  process  is 
causing  difficulty,  and  work  out  a 
specific  remedy. 

The  following  chart  may  help  you 
to  understand  tlus  learning  process. 


Taking  in 
Information 

Information  comes 
from  people,  events, 
and  things  in  the 
environment. 


Processing 
Information 

The  child  thinks 
about  the  information 
and  attaches 
meaning  to  it. 


Using 
Information 

The  child  uses  the 
information:  you 
see  new  behavior. 


Children  take  in  information  with 
their  senses:  sounds,  sights, 
smells,  tastes,  textures,  moving. 


This  means  that  the  child  under- 
stands that  some  things  cause 
others,  that  some  things  follow 
others,  that  some  things  are  dif- 
ferent from  others.  It  also  means 
that  the  child  can  remember 
what  is  learned. 


The  child  now  understands  some- 
thing new  or  can  do  something 
new.  You  know  this  because  the 
child  tells  you  (verbal  response) 
or  shows  you  (motor  response). 


Information 
from  the 
Environment 


Children  normally  use  all  of  their 
senses  to  take  in  information  from 
their  environment.  AU  children — includ- 
ing retarded  children — learn  through 
a  combination  of  seeing,  hearing,  and 
moving,  which  are  the  most  important 
senses,  and  smelling,  tasting,  and 
touching.  (Although  "moving,"  strictly 
speaking,  is  not  a  sense,  children  also 
learn  by  moving  things  and  their 
bodies  in  space.)  However,  there  are 
children  at  all  ability  levels  who  have 
problems  using  some  of  their  senses. 

As  you  observe  children  with  retar- 
dation, think  about  the  possibility  that 
some  of  their  problems  may  be  due  to 
poor  vision,  or  poor  hearing.  If  they 
can't  see  or  hear  well,  the  things  or 
events  they  experience  will  be  limited. 
In  other  words,  they  will  receive  less 
information  from  their  environment. 

Sometimes,  vision  and  hearing  are 
fine,  but  there  is  so  much  to  see,  hear, 
and  do  that  some  children  get  con- 
fused. It's  as  if  their  senses  let  in  too 
much  information  at  one  time  for  their 
brains  to  handle.  Brain  damage  may 
not  allow  some  children  to  filter  the 
information  coming  in,  so  that  they 
have  a  hard  time  concentrating. 


29 


30  Limiting 

Sensory  Information 

If  a  child  has  trouble  limiting 
information  from  the  senses  (sensory 
information)  and  seems  confused  and 
distracted,  working  in  quiet  comers 
can  help  him  or  her  concentrate  on 
one  thing  at  a  time.  Annie's  teacher 
noticed  that  during  free  play  Annie 
wandered  around  the  room,  touching 
the  toys  and  looking  at  the  children, 
but  was  unable  to  settle  on  one 
activity.  Recognizing  her  problem,  the 
teacher  took  Annie  to  a  quiet  comer 
away  from  the  distracting,  motion- 
filled  part  of  the  classroom.  He  gave 
her  some  pennies  and  nickels,  and 
showed  her  how  to  sort  them  into 
piles.  Annie  was  able  to  do  this,  after  a 
couple  of  mistakes,  because  she  was 
able  to  concentrate. 


Focusing  Attention 

Focused  activity  can  be  helpful  to 
children  who  have  trouble  with  one  or 
more  of  their  senses,  or  who  are  easily 
confused,  like  Annie.  Your  role  could 
be  to  direct  these  children  to  a  favorite 
activity.  Playing  with  a  truck,  for 
example,  focuses  a  child's  attention  on 
the  toy  and  gives  the  child  practice  in 
handling  and  moving  things.  You  can 
also  emphasize  particular  sensory  in- 
formation to  make  sure  it  is  clear.  For 
example,  if  a  child  has  trouble  coloring 
on  a  sheet  of  paper,  you  could  draw  a 
thick  black  boundary  around  the  edge 
of  the  paper. 


Reinforcing 
Sensory  Information 

Information  from  one  sense  can  be 
reinforced  by  pairing  it  with  informa- 
tion from  another  sense.  This  is  easily 
done  with  words:  "That  tastes  sweet, 
doesn't  it?  This  feels  hard."  Putting 
sensory  information  into  words  for  a 
child  can  also  be  the  best  way  to 
indicate  which  information  is  most 
important  at  a  given  moment.  If,  for 
example,  you  are  walking  to  the  comer 
store  with  the  children,  there  is  much 
information  coming  in  from  several 
senses  at  the  same  time.  The  sun  feels 
warm,  the  cars  sound  loud,  the  traffic 
light  has  just  changed  to  red,  the 
children  are  talking,  and  the  sidewalk 
feels  hard.  Simply  remind  the  child, 
"There  is  the  red  light.  A  red  light 
means  stop." 


"If  I  pour  the  water  in  the 
top,  it  comes  out  the  bottom. 
The  hose  holds  it  in!" 


Processing 
the  Information 


As  their  senses  explore  the  people, 
events,  and  things  in  their  environ- 
ment, children  remember,  organize  the 
information,  attach  meaning  to  it,  see 
relationships,  and  figure  out  uses  for 
each  new  learning  experience.  All 
young  children  need  a  great  deal  of 
direct  contact  with  concrete  exper- 
iences in  order  to  process  the  informa- 
tion well.  This  is  why  showing  a  child 
how  to  do  something  works  better 
than  describing  how  to  do  it:  showing 
is  concrete  and  direct,  while  describing 
is  abstract  and  indirect. 

Retarded  children  learn  to  process 
information  in  the  same  way  that  non- 
handicapped  children  do,  but  it  takes 
retarded  children  longer.  Retarded 
children  also  need  more  concrete 
experiences,  and  can't  yet  handle  most 
abstract  ones. 

For  example,  counting  is  abstract 
in  the  sense  that  it  requires  a  child  to 
use  mental  symbols  to  represent  real 
objects.  The  number  3,  for  instance,  is 
an  abstract  symbol  that  stands  for 
three  objects  or  events — three  cookies 
on  the  table,  three  trips  to  Grandma's. 
Some  children  who  are  retarded  have 
a  hard  time  making  the  mental  leap 
from  the  real  cookies  or  trips  to 
Grandma's  to  the  numerical  symbol 
for  them.  Most  mildly  and  moderately 
retarded  children  can  learn  to  do  this, 
but  it  will  take  them  longer  and  will 
probably  require  especially  careful 
teaching. 


Making  the  Abstract 
Teachable 

Depending  on  how  serious  the 
retardation  is,  a  child  may  continue  to 
have  difficulty  with  abstract  learning, 
such  as  understanding  the  relationship 
between  size  and  weight — that  just 
because  something  is  bigger,  it  isn't 
necessarily  heavier.  For  example, 
although  an  inflated  beach  ball  is 
larger  than  a  baseball,  that  doesn't 
mean  it  is  heavier  than  a  baseball.  Of 
course,  some  relationships  are  more 
concrete  or  observable  than  others, 
which  makes  them  easier  to  teach  to 
retarded  children.  You  can  show  a 
child  the  relationship  between  a  mitten 
and  a  hand,  for  example,  by  putting  a 
mitten  on  the  child's  hand.  But  it's 
very  difficult  to  show  a  preschooler 
that  lightning  causes  thunder. 

For  some  children,  however,  even 
showing  is  not  concrete  enough.  They 
may  have  to  be  physically  moved 
through  an  activity. 

For  example,  Laura  was  in  a  circle 
game.  The  children  were  clapping  as 
they  sang  a  song.  Laura  was  not 
clapping,  and  didn't  seem  to  under- 
stand. Her  teacher  stepped  behind  her, 
took  both  of  Laura's  hands  in  hers, 
and  clapped  them  together.  Laura  then 
was  able  to  clap  her  hands  awkwardly 
by  herself,  and  after  a  while  she  could 
clap  them  in  rhythm  with  the  other 
children. 


31 


32    Practice  with 

Processing  Information 

You  can  help  children  who  have 
trouble  processing  information,  by 
giving  them  practice.  For  associating 
things  with  ideas  and  words,  the  child 
should  spend  a  lot  of  time  talking. 
Talk  with  the  child  about  things 
around  you:  the  ball  the  child  is 
throwing,  the  picture  the  child  is 
seeing,  the  water  the  child  is  touching, 
and  so  on. 

For  learning  relationships  between 
things  and  classifying  them,  you  can 
give  the  child  several  toy  animals  of 
two  sorts — large  and  small,  brown  and 
blue,  or  lions  and  tigers.  Ask  the  child 
to  sort  them  into  piles.  When  the  child 
can  do  this,  do  the  same  activity  with 
pictures  of  the  animals. 

Or  you  can  play  the  same/different 
game.  Show  the  child  several  objects, 
such  as  a  sock,  a  mitten,  a  shirt,  and  a 
fork.  Ask  which  go  together,  which 
don't,  and  why.  A  younger  child  will 
be  able  to  tell  you  how  things  are 
alike.  (For  example,  a  chair  and  a  sofa 
are  both  for  sitting  on.) 

There  are  many  things  you  can  do 
to  improve  a  child's  ability  to  re- 
member. Rhyming  jingles  and  songs 
are  especially  good,  such  as  the  song, 
"Head,  Shoulders,  Knees,  and  Toes."  If 
a  television  commercial  seems  to 
interest  the  child,  use  it  for  this 
purpose. 


To  help  the  child  put  ideas  in  the 
right  order,  try  repetitive  songs  such 
as  "Old  MacDonald"  or  "Froggy, 
Froggy,  Who's  Your  Neighbor?"  in 
which  some  lines  must  occur  in  the 
right  order.  Or  try  the  bear  hunt  game. 

Children  are  able  to  use  what  they 
have  learned  when  they  can  general- 
ize, or  can  apply  what  they  have 
learned  from  the  original  situation  to 
another  one.  If  a  child  has  learned  to 
recognize  a  dog  as  a  kind  of  four- 
legged  animal,  generalizing  involves 
recognizing  that  a  beagle  and  a  collie 
are  both  dogs. You  can  help  the  child 
generalize  by  saying  such  things  as, 
"The  circle  in  this  book  is  like  the  one 
you  painted  yesterday"  or  "You  have  a 
red  sweater  like  Harriet's." 

Real  and  concrete  experiences  help 
children  to  remember,  organize,  under- 
stand, and  make  use  of  what  they 
have  learned.  This  is  true  for  all  young 
children.  It's  just  that  retarded  chil- 
dren need  concrete  learning  experi- 
ences for  a  longer  period  of  time  than 
other  children  do. 


"I  am  a  puppet.  I  like  carrots 
for  snack.  Do  you?"  Puppets 
can  be  used  to  teach 
language. 


Using 

the 

Information 


If  children  have  received  informa- 
tion from  their  environment  through 
their  senses,  and  if  they  have  attached 
meaning  to  the  information  they  have 
received  and  remembered  it,  they 
should  be  able  to  respond  in  a  way 
that  lets  others  know  what  they  have 
learned. 

Children  have  two  ways  of  ex- 
pressing what  they  have  learned:  what 
they  say  (verbal  responses)  and  what 
they  do  (motor  responses).  Children 
who  are  retarded  may  have  trouble 
expressing  themselves  with  words  (a 
verbal  response),  or  may  be  awkward 
and  clumsy  with  their  bodies  (a  motor 
response).  This  makes  it  hard  for  them 
to  use  the  learning  that  has  taken 
place. 

Improving 
Verbal  Responses 

The  most  important  thing  you  can 
do  to  improve  children's  verbal  respon- 
ses is  to  help  children  understand  and 
communicate  meaning.  This  is  much 
more  important  than  teaching  them 
the  correct  way  to  pronoimce  a  word. 
To  help  children  understand  language, 
talk  to  them  about  things  and  events 
in  their  day-to-day  world.  Use  simple 
words,  make  your  sentences  short, 
speak  clearly,  and  use  as  many 
"props"  as  you  can.  Put  Randy's  hand 
on  the  ball  when  you  say,  "This  is  a 
ball."  Put  your  hands  on  his  hips  and 
guide  him  into  the  chair  as  you  say, 
"You  are  sitting  down." 

It  often  helps  children  start  to  talk 
if  they  are  encouraged  to  say  words 
that  are  very  familiar  to  them.  Es- 
pecially good  are  movement  or  action 
words,  such  as  go,  come,  show,  sit, 
and  walk,  and  words  for  things  used 
every  day  in  the  classroom,  such  as 
ball,  box,  toy,  and  juice.  Choose 
words  that  are  short  and  easy  to  say 


(book,  not  reading  comer),  and 

focus  on  things  that  mean  a  lot  to  the 
child.  If  Sylvia  loves  to  plav  with  toy 
ceirs  but  isn't  interested  in  olocks,  you 
would  concentrate  on  getting  her  to 
say  car,  not  block.  Sing  songs  and 
read  stories  that  use  the  words  you 
have  chosen.  When  the  songs  and 
stories  are  familiar  to  Sylvia,  pause 
when  you  get  to  the  word  you  want 
her  to  say,  and  ask  her  to  supply  it. 

When  children  are  used  to  saying 
some  words,  you  wUl  want  to  help 
them  use  those  words  to  express 
meaning.  If  Jessie  knows  what  milk  is, 
and  if  he  can  supply  the  word  "milk" 
in  a  story  about  cows  you  have  read  to 
him  many  times,  let  him  watch  you  as 
you  pour  the  milk.  Point  to  it  and  ask, 
"What  is  this,  Jessie?"  (Many  more 
suggestions  for  helping  a  child  develop 
language  can  be  found  in  Chapter  4.) 

You  might  have  in  your  class  a 
child  who  can't  talk  at  all,  and  who 
doesn't  signal  what  he  or  she  wants. 
Your  main  task  is  to  help  this  child 
communicate  using  gestures,  such  as 
pointing.  If  a  child  has  a  severe 
physical  handicap,  work  on  eye  ges- 
tures for  communication.  The  speech- 
language  pathologist  and  other  spe- 
cialists can  give  you  many  other  ideas 
for  helping  a  non-verbal  child  develop 
communication. 


Improving 
Motor  Responses 

Children  who  have  motor  problems 
are  generally  clumsy  and  awkward. 
Such  children  need  extra  gross  motor 
experiences — lots  of  opportunities  to 
run,  jump,  slide,  kick,  and  so  forth. 

Playground  activities  are  excellent 
for  children  with  motor  problems,  but 
also  try  to  set  up  classroom  motor 
activities  so  that  these  children  aren't 
isolated.  If  a  child  has  a  severe  motor 
problem,  you  may  want  to  ask  for  help 
and  advice  from  a  physical  therapist 
and  an  occupational  therapist.  In 
Chapter  4  you  can  find  more  sug- 
gestions for  helping  children  improve 
their  motor  responses. 


33 


''  What  Children 
with  Mental 
Retardation 
Are  Like 


Later  in  this  section,  the  skills  that 
mildly,  moderately,  severely,  and  pro- 
foundly retarded  youngsters  generally 
have  are  described.  These  descriptions 
should  serve  as  guidelines,  not  rigid 
rules.  Some  children  can  do  more  than 
is  suggested,  while  others  can  do  less. 
Some  children  are  behind  others  tKeir 
age  in  one  or  two  skiU  areas,  not  in  all 
areas.  As  you  get  to  know  the 
children,  you  will  also  get  to 
know  what  each  child  is  like.  It 
is  your  expertise  as  a  teacher  that  will 
help  children  do  as  much  as  they 
possibly  can. 


The  Importance  of 
Teacher's  Expectations 

Studies  have  shown  that  the  ex- 
pectations a  teacher  has  of  children's 
abilities  and  performance  influence 
what  they  do.  In  one  experiment, 
several  teachers  were  told  that  several 
of  their  pupils  were  unusually  intel- 
ligent. In  fact,  the  children's  intel- 
ligence was  really  normal,  not  su- 
perior. But  since  the  teachers  thought 
the  children  were  very  bright,  they 
treated  them  that  way  and  expected 
more  from  them.  After  a  year,  these 
children  were  tested  again.  It  was 
found  that  they  made  large  gains  in 
their  intelligence  scores.  TTiis  result 
was  not  obtained  when  teachers  were 
told  that  several  of  their  pupils  were  of 
average  intelligence. 

The  experiment  confirms  what 
good  teachers  already  know:  Expect 
more  from  a  child  and  you'U  get 
more.  Expect  less  and  you'll  get 
less. 

Each  description  that  follows  refers 
to  an  "average   child.  Since  all 
children  are  different,  these  descrip- 
tions won't  necessarily  apply  to  chil- 
dren in  your  class.  Study  each  child  in 
your  class  carefully,  so  that  the 
description  of  an  "average"  retarded 
child  won't  make  you  expect  less — or 
more — of  him  or  her  than  the  child  is 
really  capable  of. 


Age  and  Self-Concept 

To  help  you  understand  skill  de- 
velopment in  retarded  children,  they 
will  be  compared  with  non-retarded 
children.  For  example,  what  a  moder- 
ately retarded  four-year-old  can  do  is 
compared  with  what  you  might  see  an 
average  (non-retarded)  two-year-old  do. 
While  this  is  helpful,  it  is  not  the 
whole  story.  Retarded  or  not,  a  four- 
year-old  has  lived  twice  as  long  as  a 
two-year-old,  and  has  seen,  heard,  and 
felt  more  than  a  two-year-old.  Another 
difference  is  that  a  non-handicapped 
two-year-old  has  probably  had  a  lot  of 
successful  experiences  in  that  time, 
while  a  retarded  four-year-old  may 
have  had  a  lot  of  failures  and 
frustrations. 


For  these  reasons,  it  is  necessary  to 
consider  a  child's  self-concept — how  a 
child  feels  about  him-  or  herself^along 
with  what  a  child  currently  can  and 
can't  do.  If  Tina's  motor  skills  are  very 
much  like  a  non-retarded  three-year- 
old's,  that  doesn't  mean  that  she  is 
totally  Uke  a  three-year-old  or  that  you 
should  treat  her  just  like  a  three-year- 
old.  In  many  ways,  she  feels  like  a 
four-year-old,  and  this  makes  a  big 
difference. 

The  next  few  pages  discuss  what 
children  with  mild,  moderate,  severe, 
or  profoimd  retardation  are  generally 
like  in  five  skill  areas:  motor,  language 
and  speech,  self-help,  social,  and  cog- 
nitive skills. 

However,  it  must  be  re^mphasized 
that  no  two  children  are  alike.  Handi- 
capped children  often  vary  even  more 
than  non-handicapped  children  within 
an  age  range.  The  sldll  descriptions 
that  foUow  are  general.  They  need  to 
be  interpreted  for  the  particular  child 
you  are  working  with,  taking  into 
account  the  child's  age,  degree  of 
handicap,  past  experience,  self-concept, 
and  motivation.  It  is  also  important  to 
remember  that  handicapped  children, 
like  other  children,  are  always  learn- 
ing and  developing,  and  that  a 
description  that  may  fit  a  child  one 
month  may  no  longer  be  true  the  next. 
Finally,  while  three-  to  five-year-olds 
are  discussed  as  a  group,  everyone 
knows  that  three-,  four-,  and  five-year- 
olds,  handicapped  or  not,  behave  quite 
differently  from  each  other. 


35 


Children  learn  better  when 
they  are  proud  of  what  they 
can  do. 


36  Children 
Who  Are 
Madly 
Mentally  Retarded 

Children  who  are  mildly 
mentally  retarded  are  generally 
developing  at  about  two-thirds  to 
three-fourths  of  the  normal  rate 
of  development.  Therefore,  you 
are  likely  to  find  three-  to  five- 
yecw-olas  working  on  developing 
skills  that  are  generally  found  in 
children  who  are  2  to  3V2  years 
old. 

Motor  Skills 

In  terms  of  fine  motor  skills, 
children  at  this  developmental  level 
are  beginning  to  use  their  fingers,  not 
just  their  whole  hands  and  fists,  to  get 
what  they  want.  They  can  generally 
turn  pages  in  a  book  one  at  a  time, 
turn  doorknobs,  and  build  a  tower  of 
six  to  seven  cubes.  They  c£in  pick  up 
small  objects  like  buttons  and  stones, 
hold  a  crayon  with  their  fingers,  and 
scribble  across  a  page.  Many  of  them 
can  draw  a  circle  or  a  cross  if  you 
show  them  how. 

Some  children  with  mild  mental 
retardation  are  not  delayed  at  all  in 
their  gross  motor  skills,  and  can  use 
their  bodies  as  well  as  other  children 
their  age.  Other  children  with  mild 
retardation  are  delayed  in  their  gross 
motor  skills,  and  are  just  beginning  to 
use  their  bodies  effectively.  They  fall 
less  often  than  they  did  a  few  months 
before,  and  are  learning  to  run,  stop 
suddenly,  and  change  directions. 
Going  up  and  down  stairs  may  still 
present  problems.  Within  the  next  year 
and  a  half  or  two  years,  however,  the 
child  will  probably  learn  to  go  up  and 
down  stairs  one  step  at  a  time  without 
holding  onto  the  railing  (as  long  as 
there  are  no  other  physical  handicaps). 


Language  and  Speech 
Skills 

The  development  of  speech  and 
understanding  of  language  depend  on 
intellectual  functioning.  Therefore,  it  is 
an  area  that  is  often  quite  delayed. 
Like  all  young  children,  children  with 
mental  retardation  are  able  to  under- 
stand more  than  they  can  say. 
Language  may  be  limited  to  simple, 
single  words  that  are  meaningful  to 
them,  like  "cookie,"  "dog,"  "daddy." 
Or,  they  may  combine  two  or  three 
words  to  express  a  more  complete 
thought,  like  "cookie  gone"  or  "more 
juice,"  and  may  be  able  to  use  the 
pronouns  " — '  ' 


me 


and 


mine. 


Palmer  grasp— whole  hand. 


Pincer  grasp— fingers. 


Self-Help  SkiUs 

The  degree  of  development  in  self- 
help  skills  among  children  with  mild 
mental  retardation  depends  more  on 
what  has  been  learned  and  expected  at 
home  than  on  their  retardation.  Most 
of  them  will  probably  be  a  lot  like  their 
non-handicapped  classmates.  The 
yoimger  children  will  be  much  better 
at  taking  their  clothes  off  than  putting 
them  on.  When  they  do  dress  them- 
selves, some  things  may  get  put  on  a 
little  twisted,  backwards,  or  wrong-side 
out. 

If  a  child  has  difficulty  with  fine 
motor  skills,  buttons,  snaps,  zippers, 
and  laces  will  be  hard.  You  may  need 
to  teach  the  child  how  to  do  and  undo 
them,  or  help  until  the  child  makes 
progress. 

All  of  the  children  should  be 
feeding  themselves,  but  they  may  not 
win  any  prizes  for  their  table  manners. 
They  may  still  ignore  their  forks,  and 
may  find  a  full  glass  of  milk  very 
tippy. 

Becoming  independent  in  toileting 
depends  on  the  child's  family  and  their 
values.  Whether  mildly  mentally  retar- 
ded preschoolers  are  toilet-trained  or 
not  has  less  to  do  with  their  retar- 
dation than  with  their  families'  values 
and  life  styles.  If  they  have  been 
taught  that  it  is  important  to  be  dry 
and  unsoiled,  they  should  be  able  to 
communicate  when  they  need  to  go  to 
the  toilet.  They  may,  however,  need 
some  assistance  in  removing  their 
clothes,  wiping  themselves  after  a 
bowel  movement,  putting  on  their 
clothes,  and  wasmng  their  hands.  As 
their  dressing  and  washing  skills 
improve,  they  wiU  learn,  like  aU 
children,  to  toilet  privately  and  inde- 
pendently. 


Social  SkiUs 

Socially  too,  three-  to  five-year-old 
children  who  are  mildly  mentally 
retarded  are  likelv  to  behave  more  like 
two-year-olds  ana  three-year-olds.  Don't 
be  surprised  if  one  moment  they  are 
very  clingy  and  dependent  and  the 
next  minute  refuse  all  help.  As  with 
two-year-olds,  "no"  is  a  common  word 
in  their  vocabulary.  They  are  still 
testing  their  impact  on  the  world. 
Even  though  the  children  may  look 
brave  and  bold  one  minute,  they  may 
be  very  frightened  when  they  are 
separated  from  their  parents,  and  cry. 

They  notice  the  other  children  in 
the  classroom  and  often  play  alongside 
them,  but  their  play  is  usually  solitary 
and  without  the  give-and-take  that  we 
see  in  non-handicapped  three-  to  five- 
year-olds.  As  the  youngsters  mature  in 
your  classroom,  they  wiU  often  become 
more  outgoing,  less  negative,  and  more 
eager  to  please.  Instead  of  being  afraid 
of  oeing  left  by  their  parents,  children 
tend  to  be  more  afraid  of  monsters, 
bugs,  scary  animals,  and  the  dark. 
The  children  may  begin  to  play  with 
others  and,  like  all  children,  will  have 
their  ups  and  downs  in  the  daily  give- 
and-take  of  a  preschool  classroom. 

A  few  of  the  youngsters  may  begin 
to  be  able  to  imagine  and  make 
beUeve.  Often  some  of  the  first  pretend 
play  that  they  do  centers  aroimd  real- 
life  experiences  that  they  have  had, 
such  as  going  to  preschool,  going  to 
the  doctor,  or  going  marketing.  In  fact, 
you  may  be  surprised  at  how  accurate 
their  "pretend"  play  can  be.  Some  of 
the  best  teaching  feedback  that  one 
teacher  ever  got  was  from  a  mildly 
mentally  retarded  little  girl  who  played 
school  at  home  every  day  after  she  left 
the  classroom! 


37 


38  Cognitive  Skills 

Children  with  rrdld  retardation 
show  a  wide  range  of  ability  in  their 
cognitive  skills,  lliey  should,  how- 
ever, be  matching  familiar  objects  by 
color,  form,  or  size,  and  responding  to 
simple  requests  such  as  "Give  me  the 
pencil"  or  "Put  the  ball  in  the  closet." 
They  should  be  able  to  point  out  body 
parts,  sing  phrases  of  some  simple 
songs,  and  enjoy  looking  at  pictures 
and  learning  favorite  stories.  Early 
ideas  of  what  things  are  for  are 
beginning  to  be  formed,  and  the  child 
may  be  able  to  answer  a  few  questions 
such  as  "What  do  we  hear  with?" 
"What  do  we  ride  in?"  and  "What  is  a 
cup  used  for?" 


Children 
Who  Are 
Moderately 
Retarded 


Moderately  mentally  retarded 
children  develop  at  about  half  the 
rate  of  non-handicapped  children 
the  same  age  Therefore,  moder- 
ately mentally  retarded  three-  to 
five-year-olds  are  more  develop- 
mentally  similar  to  non-handi- 
capped children  who  are  1-1/2  to 
2-1/2  years  old. 


Motor  Skills 

Their  fine  motor  sldlls  are  generally 
well  enough  developed  that  they  can 
tiun  the  pages  of  a  book,  but  several 
pages  get  turned  at  once.  They  can 
usually  hold  two  small  objects  in  one 
hand,  and  no  longer  drop  the  first  one 
when  the  second  one  is  offered. 
Crayons  and  pencils  are  made  for 
scribbling,  and  scribbling  just  any- 
where is  as  common  as  scribbling  on 
paper.  They  hold  the  crayon  with  their 
whole  fist  and  do  not  yet  use  the 
fingers  separately.  Though  the  tower 
may  lean  a  little,  a  moderately  mental- 
ly retarded  three-  to  five-year-old  with- 
out other  physical  handicaps  should  be 
beginning  to  stack  three  or  four  cubes. 
As  they  develop  and  have  more 
classroom  experience,  they  will  be  able 
to  hold  crayons  with  their  fingers 
rather  than  their  fists,  scribble  within 
boundaries,  stack  more  cubes,  and 
begin  to  turn  knobs,  lids,  and  dials. 

The  patterns  of  a  1-1/2-  to  2-1/2- 
year-old  are  common  to  moderately 
mentally  retarded  three-  to  five-year- 
olds  in  the  gross  motor  area  as  well. 
By  this  time,  as  long  as  there  are  no 
compHcating  physical  handicaps,  they 
shoiild  be  able  to  walk  well,  with  few 
falls.  Children  should  be  able  to  climb 
into  large  chairs,  onto  the  couch,  and 
onto  the  bed.  They  should  be  able  to 
walk  up  stairs  with  help  and  creep 


down  steps.  Pushing  and  pulling  other 
objects  is  not  only  fun,  but  also  good 
for  their  physical  development.  They 
can  throw  a  ball  overhand,  but  it  often 
lands  on  the  floor  nearby  instead  of 
hitting  the  intended  target.  Their 
running  is  still  stiff  and  awkward,  but 
they  are  able  to  move  fast. 


Language  and  Speech 
SkiUs 

Language  and  speech  development 
is  one  of  the  most  difficult  areas  for 
moderately  mentally  retarded  children. 
Between  three  and  five  years  of  age, 
most  are  using  a  series  of  nonsense 
sounds  that  sound  like  talking.  They 
are  able  to  understand  more  words 
(receptive  language)  than  they  are  able 
to  say  (expressive  language),  and  they 
should  be  able  to  understand  com- 
mands such  as  "no,"  "stop,"  "come 
here,"  and  "give  me." 

Some  of  the  youngsters  may  be 
able  to  carry  out  two  commands  given 
simultaneously,  such  as  "Pick  up  the 
ball  and  give  it  to  me."  They  also  may 
be  able  to  point  to  farrdliar  objects  in 
the  room  when  they  are  named  by  the 
teacher,  or  to  use  as  many  as  eight  to 
ten  words  appropriately.  With 
teaching,  practice,  and  development, 
moderately  retarded  children  will 
begin  to  combine  two  words  to  express 
an  idea  such  as  "all  gone,"  "want 
more,"  or  "me  thirsty."  The  words  that 
have  the  most  meaning  for  them  are 
the  ones  they  tend  to  use  first. 


Self-Help  SkiUs 

Most  two-year-olds  don't  do  a  lot 
for  themselves,  but  they  are  very  good 
at  taking  off  socks,  hats,  and  mittens. 
This  is  true  as  well  for  moderately 
retarded  three-  to  five-year-olds.  These 
children  will  probably  be  ready  to  try 
eating  with  a  spoon,  though  there  may 
be  as  many  misses  as  hits.  It  still 
takes  two  hands  to  hold  a  glass  and 
even  at  that  there  are  many  tips  and 
spills.  By  this  time,  their  bowel  and 
bladder  schedule  should  be  well  estab- 
lished and  predictable.  Though  a  child 
may  not  let  you  know  that  it's  time  to 
go  to  the  toilet,  it  is  often  possible  to 
avoid  accidents  and  begin  toilet  train- 
ing by  placing  the  chUd  on  the  toilet  at 
regular  intervals. 


39 


r' 


What's  a  little  spilling,  if  he  can  pour  his 
own  juice? 


40  Social  Skills 

Socially,  children  at  this  develop- 
mental level  are  quite  self-centered. 
They  insist  on  having  things  exactly 
their  way.  They  may  react  violently  to 
sudden  changes  or  upsets  in  their 
routine,  and  get  easily  frustrated.  They 
want  what  they  want  when  they  want 
it!  Fortunately  for  everyone  aroimd 
them,  this  doesn't  last  too  long.  The 
child  wOl  soon  move  into  wanting  to 
be  admired,  praised,  and  encouraged. 
Although  the  child  may  continue  with 
some  of  the  "terrible  twos"  behavior 
for  a  while,  it  won't  always  be  this 
stormy. 


Cognitive  Skills 

Cognitively,  children  at  the  low 
end  of  the  moderately  retarded  range 
should  be  able  to  name  one  or  two 
familiar  things  in  their  environment. 
They  can  follow  a  one-step  direction, 
can  point  to  two  or  three  body  parts, 
identify  familiar  pictvires  in  story- 
books, choose  the  named  object  from 
three  alternative  choices,  recognize 
their  own  name  when  called,  and 
match  familiar  objects. 


Children 
Who  Are 
Severely  and 
Profoxindly 
Mentally 
Retarded 


Children  with  severe  and  pro- 
found mental  retardation  develop 
at  a  much  slower  rate  than  non- 
handicapped  children.  Their  de- 
velopment may  he  one-tenth  to 
one-third  of  what  we  would  ex- 
pect of  non-handicapped  children 
of  the  same  age.  Severely  and 
profoundly  retarded  children  al- 
most always  have  other  handi- 
caps. This  makes  learning  even 
more  difficult.  Often  the  other 
handicaps  are  physical  or  neuro- 
logical (involving  the  central 
nervous  system).  Many  of  them 
have  epilepsy  or  other  seizure 
disorders  that  require  continual 
medical  monitoring.  For  these 
reasons,  it  is  difficult  to  describe 
what  these  children  are  like. 
Generally,  however,  a  severely 
and  profoundly  mentally  handi- 
capped retarded  child  functions 
very  much  like  an  infant. 


Friends  are  important  for  everyone. 


Motor  Skills 

Their  fine  motor  development  is 
progressing  from  focusing  on  objects 
with  their  eyes  to  following  objects 
moved  in  front  of  their  eyes.  They  are 
also  balancing  their  heads,  grasping 
things  placed  in  their  hands,  reaching 
for  interesting  objects,  putting  objects 
in  their  mouths,  releasing  objects, 
pulling  a  toy  by  a  string,  holding 
objects  for  prolonged  periods,  and 
picking  up  objects  using  a  palmer 
grasp  (the  palm  of  the  hand).  Soon 
they  will  be  able  to  use  a  pincer  grasp 
(the  thumb  £md  finger). 

The  early  gross  motor  sldEs  that 
these  youngsters  display  initially  in- 
volve learning  to  coordinate  primitive 
reflexes.  As  they  develop,  they  gain 
control  of  their  head,  neck,  and  torso, 
begin  to  bear  weight  on  their  feet  and 
legs  when  held  in  a  standing  position, 
and  sit  when  propped  up.  Eventually, 
the  youngster  will  be  able  to  sit 
without  support,  creep  around  on  the 
floor,  crawl,  puU  to  a  standing  posi- 
tion, take  supported  steps,  and  walk. 
All  of  these  motor  milestones  do, 
however,  tend  to  be  seriously  delayed. 
It  would  not  be  uncommon  to  have  a 
three-  to  five-year-old  severely  or  pro- 
foundly retarded  youngster  who  is  not 
yet  able  to  walk  independently. 


Language  and  Speech 
SkiUs 

Language  and  speech  is  another 
area  of  extreme  delay  in  youngsters 
with  severe  and  profound  retardation. 
All  of  the  sounds  that  they  make  are 
important  to  the  development  of 
language,  though  much  of  the  child's 
vocal  play  does  not  seem  to  be 
anything  like  real  language.  If  a 
severely  or  profoundly  retarded  child  is 
following  the  normal  sequence  of 
speech  development,  throaty  noises 
should  be  replaced  with  single  vowel 
sounds  like  ah  and  eee. 

Non-handicapped  three-month-old 
infants  begin  to  use  sounds  in  a 
communicative  way.  When  an  adult 
nods  or  talks  to  them,  they  respond 
with  a  smile  and  sounds.  The  child 
will  coo,  gurgle,  laugh,  and  respond 
differently  to  voices  than  to  other 
noises  in  the  room.  High-pitched 
squeals,  grunts,  and  vowel  soimds  in  a 
series  come  next,  followed  shortly  by 
single  consonant  sounds  such  as  d,  b, 
and  m.  Combining  sounds,  imitating 
sounds,  using  tongue  play  to  make 
new  sounds,  and  saying  "ma  ma"  or 
"da  da"  with  meaning  foUow. 

The  whole  progression  is  accom- 
plished by  the  non-handicapped  infant 
during  the  first  year.  This  is  often  the 
developmental  level  at  which  three-  to 
five-year-old  severely  retarded  children 
are  still  functioning. 


41 


42  Self-Help  SkiUs 

Like  infants,  severely  and  pro- 
foundly mentally  retarded  children 
who  are  three  to  five  years  old  often 
do  very  little  for  themselves.  Serious 
motor  handicaps,  particularly  those 
related  to  chewing  and  swallowing, 
may  require  special  attention  from  a 
specialist  in  occupational  therapy, 
physical  therapy,  and/or  speech  and 
language  therapy. 

If  the  child  has  no  physical 
handicaps  that  limit  movement,  you 
may  begin  a  simple  training  program 
to  help  the  child  learn  to  take  off  and 
put  on  clothes.  Almost  all  severely  and 
profoundly  retarded  youngsters  can  be 
toilet-trained.  You  may  want  to  work 
cooperatively  with  the  family  to  estab- 
lish a  toileting  schedule  so  that 
training  can  begin. 

Social  Skills 

Socially,  these  children  may  smile, 
pat  a  mirror  image  of  themselves,  and 
show  fear  when  left  with  strangers. 
They  relate  much  more  to  adults 
than  they  do  to  other  children.  With 
adults,  they  like  to  play  peek-a-boo  and 
to  drop  toys  on  the  floor  for  you  to 
fetch.  Since  their  language  is  very 
limited,  they  express  enjoyment  with 
smiles  and  laughs,  and  discomfort  or 
unhappiness  with  crying.  They  can 
sense  how  someone  feels  about  them 
by  the  person's  touch,  the  tone  of 
voice,  and  the  facial  expression. 

Even  though  these  children  can't 
participate  in  many  activities  in  your 
class,  they  still  enjoy  and  learn  from 
being  included  in  the  group— if  only  by 
being  able  to  watch.  The  sound, 
movement,  and  energy  in  the  class- 
room stimulate  their  interest  in  the 
world  around  them,  and  this  helps 
them  learn. 


Cognitive  Skills 

Much  of  the  play  that  severely  and 
profoimdly  retarded  children  enjoy  has 
to  do  with  learning  about  the  world. 
For  example  they  are  learning  that 
things  that  are  hidden  still  exist;  that 
if  they  drop  a  block,  it  falls  down;  that  | 
if  they  shake  a  bell,  it  rings.  At  this        I 
level  of  functioning,  children  are  learn- 
ing to  recognize  the  people  they  know    J 
and  to  respond  to  them  differently  1 

than  to  strangers.  They  are  beginning 
to  look  for  dropped  objects,  to  respond 
to  their  names,  to  play  simple  games 
like  pat-a-cake  and  peek-a-boo,  and  to 
look  at  pictures  in  books. 

Many  of  the  needs  of  children  with 
retardation  are  exactly  like  the  needs 
of  other  children.  As  they  take  risks 
and  try  new  things,  they  need  to  be 
loved,  to  have  limits,  and  to  be 
supported  as  they  learn. 

This  chapter  has  described  how 
children  with  different  degrees  of 
mentad  retardation  generally  function. 
However,  it  must  be  emphasized  that 
these  descriptions  refer  only  to  the 
"average"  crdld.  Each  child  is  different 
from  every  other  child,  even  though 
they  may  have  the  same  level  of 
retardation.  It  is  the  teacher's  respon- 
sibility—and challenge— to  get  to  know 
children  well  enough  to  be  able  to 
stretch  each  child's  capabilities  as 
much  as  possible.  Your  expectations  of 
what  a  child  can  achieve  have  a 
strong  influence  on  what  the  child 
actually  does  achieve.  So  be  sme  that   . 
yoiu:  expectations  are  guided  by  what   ' 
you  have  learned  about  each  indi- 
vidual in  your  classroom,  not  by 
descriptions  of  an  "average"  child. 


Chapter  4: 


Mainstreaming 

Children 

with 

Mental 

Retardation 


Mainstreaming  in- 
volves planning  and 
organizing  the  class- 
room environment  and 
activities  to  meet  the 
needs  of  mentally 
retarded  children. 


44         This  chapter  can  help  you 
understand  the  importance  of 
early  mainstreaming  eocperiences 
for  children  with  retardation.  In- 
cluded are  techniques  for  plan- 
ning, ideas  for  classroom  arrange- 
ments, and  general  teaching 
guidelines  that  are  useful  for  all 
children;  and  specific  techniques 
and  activities  for  use  with  re- 
tarded children. 


Mainstreaming 

Severely 

and 

Profoundly 

Retarded 

Children 


Project  Head  Start  stresses  that  all 
handicapped  children,  regardless  of 
the  severity  of  their  handicap,  should 
be  considered  for  enrollment  in  Head 
Start  if  the  particular  program  can 
meet  their  needs  adequately.  On  the 
other  hand,  not  all  handicapped  chil- 
dren are  best  served  in  Head  Start 
programs.  Both  the  resources  within 
your  program,  including  available 
staff,  and  the  resources  in  your 
commimity  determine  what  you  are 
able  to  offer  children.  This  means  that 
you,  the  total  Head  Start  staff,  and  a 
physician  or  other  appropriate  pro- 
fessional should  decide  whether  that 
child  should  participate  in  the  pro- 
gram. If  another  setting  would  be  - 
better  suited  for  meeting  the  child's 
needs,  Head  Start  may  be  able  to 
assist  in  the  alternative  placement. 


Although  very  few  children  are 
severely  or  profoundly  retarded,  occa- 
sionally such  a  child  may  be  enrolled 
in  a  Head  Start  program.  Children 
who  are  this  limited  often  need  the 
kind  of  care  an  infant  needs.  They 
have  to  be  carried,  washed,  changed, 
and  fed.  Their  participation  may  be 
minimal,  but  they  may  be  drawn  into 
the  world  by  hearing  voices  and  music 
and  by  getting  attention  from  the 
teacher  and  others.  Even  if  these 
children  do  not  participate,  they 
shovdd  be  positioned  so  that  they  can 
see  the  other  children,  and  should  be 
given  objects  to  touch,  move,  and  play 
with  (such  as  bells,  rattles,  textured 
toys).  Talking  to  and  holding  these 
children  also  contribute  to  their  learn- 
ing and  growing. 

Children  with  severe  and  profound 
mental  retardation  usually  have  other 
handicaps.  Their  speech,  feeding,  and 
movement  should  be  checked  by 
specialists  in  speech  and  language, 
occupational  therapy,  and  physical 
therapy.  These  specialists  can  help  you 
and  the  parents  develop  the  best 
program  for  a  severely  or  profoundly 
retarded  child.  Of  course,  such  children 
should  also  be  checked  by  a  pediatri- 
cian on  a  regular  basis. 


Mainstreaming 
Mildly  and 
Moderately 
Retarded 
Children 


Children  with  a  mild  or  moderate 
degree  of  retardation  generally  do  not 
put  a  heavy  strain  on  your  class. 
Introduce  the  child  as  you  would  any 
other  child.  You  may  need  an  addi- 
tional aide  and  probably  some  extra 
planning  time  to  enable  you  to  treat  a 
retarded  child  as  much  as  possible  as 
you  treat  other  children. 

Be  ready  to  provide  special  support, 
but  only  when  the  child  needs  it.  As 
you  observe  the  child,  you  will  learn 
when  to  offer  assistance  and  when  not 
to.  Sometimes  the  need  for  help  will  be 
relatively  minor,  such  as  making  sure 
that  an  extra  pair  of  hands  is 
available  for  helping  with  outerwear  at 
arrival  and  departure  times.  You  may 
need  an  aide  to  help  with  a  retarded 
child  especially  at  transition  times, 
during  outdoor  play,  at  meals,  and 
with  snacks. 


With  any  retarded  child  in  your 
class,  there  are  some  important  steps 
to  take.) 

A  •     Get  to  know  the  child.  Learn  the 
child's  strengths  as  well  as  needs. 

^«     Get  to  know  the  child's  parents, 
and  work  together  with  them.  They 
can  give  you  valuable  suggestions. 
You  can  provide  them,  in  turn,  with 
ideas  that  you  have  found  useful  in 
working  with  the  child. 

0«     Learn  all  you  can  about  retarda- 
tion. Read  enough  about  it  so  that  you 
feel  comfortable,  prepared,  and 
confident.  Talk  to  teachers,  parents, 
and  friends  who  have  worked  or  lived 
with  retarded  children 

4.    Avoid  being  overprotective,  but  be 
alert  to  the  child's  needs  for  support.  If 
you  do  things  for  children  that  they 
can  do  on  their  own,  the  success  is 
yours,  not  theirs.  And  if  you  ask  them 
to  do  things  they  aren't  yet  capable  of, 
they  wiU  fail.  As  we  have  said  before, 
the  best  encouragement  for  learning, 
improvement,  and  growing  is  a  good, 
solid  success.  You  can  create  the 
circumstances  that  make  this  not  only 
possible,  but  likely.  And  the  grin  on 
the  child's  face  is  a  very  fine  reward 
for  you. 


45 


^ 

H^i'  ■  "^ """"  ~"^ 

1  \  ■^^'^IL^i^ 

'^ 

46 


Planning 


The  planning  process  for  a  child 
with  mental  retardation  has  the  same 
purpose  as  for  other  children:  to  help 
you  map  out  a  course  of  action  for 
working  with  the  child.  This  process 
calls  for  the  involvement  of  several 
people:  the  teacher,  the  parent  or 
parents,  Head  Start  staff  representing 
the  various  service  components,  and 
service  providers  from  outside  agen- 
cies. 

The  goal  of  the  planning  process  is 
to  produce  an  Individualizea  Educa- 
tion Pl-ogram  (I.E.P.)  for  the  child, 
which  is  now  required  by  PubUc  Law 
94-142,  Education  for  All  Handicapped 
Children  Act,  and  required  by  Head 
Start  Performance  Standards.  Based 
on  a  professional  diagnosis  of  the 
child's  handicapping  condition,  the 
Individualized  Education  Program 
spells  out  classroom  activities,  parental 
involvement  in  the  development  of  the 
program,  and  special  services  to  be 
provided  for  the  child. 


For  each  handicapped  child  Project 
Head  Start  requires  the  following 
elements  in  the  planning  process: 

1.     An  interdisciplinary  team  is  re- 
quired to  make  two  kinds  of  diagnoses: 
a  categorical  diagnosis  and  a 
functional  diagnosis.  A  categorical 
diagnosis  is  simply  a  statement  of  the 
kind  and  severity  of  the  child's 
handicap.  This  kind  of  diagnosis  is 
useful  to  you  only  for  reporting  or 
record-keeping  purposes.  The  team  also 
should  develop  a  functional  diagnosis, 
or  assessment,  which  is  useful  to  you 
in  your  classroom  planning  and 
teaching.  It  is  a  developmental  profile 
that  describes  how  the  child  is 
functioning,  and  that  identifies  the 
services  the  child  requires  to  meet  his 
or  her  special  needs. 

^  •    Based  on  the  functional  assess- 
ment, an  individualized  education 

plan  is  to  be  developed  for  the  cMld. 
This  plan  describes  the  child's 
participation  in  the  fuU  range  of  Head 
Start  services,  and  the  additional 
outside  services  that  will  be  provided 
to  respond  to  the  child's  handicap. 

3.     Periodically,    ongoing    assess- 
ments of  the  child's  progress  are  to  be 
made  by  the  Head  Start  teacher,  the 
child's  parents,  and  (if  needed)  by  the 
full  diagnostic  team.  If  these  re- 
evaluations  show  that  the  child's 
individualized  education  plan  or  the 
services  he  or  she  is  getting  are  no 
longer  appropriate  or  needed,  they 
should  be  changed  or  adjusted. 


4.     When  the  child  leaves  the  program, 
Head  Start  should  make  arrangements 
for  the  continuity  of  needed 
services  in  elementary  school.  This 
can  be  done  in  a  variety  of  ways,  but 
usually  involves  holding  a  conference 
with  parents,  the  school,  and  service 
providers.  The  elementary  school 
should  be  given  a  description  of  the 
services  the  child  has  been  receiving, 
recommendations  for  futiire  services, 
and  the  child's  records  from  Head 
Start. 


As  the  child's  teacher,  you  are 
involved  in  many  of  these  procedures. 
Your  part  in  the  process  is  described  in 
more  detail  in  the  following  six  steps. 
These  steps  are  just  as  useful  with 
non-handicapped  children  and  other 
handicapped  children  as  they  are  with 
retarded  children. 

Step  1:      Observe  each  child  in 
a  variety  of  activities,  and  record  your 
observations. 

Step  2:      Set  objectives  based  on 
what  you  have  observed  as  reasonable 
for  the  child  to  achieve. 

Step  3:      Select  classroom  activities 
and  teaching  techniques  that  can  best 
help  each  child  reach  the  objectives. 
Seek  outside  assistance  as  needed. 

Step  4:     Develop  the  plans  with 
the  cnild's  parents  and  specialists. 

Step  5:     On  a  continuing  basis, 
observe,  evaluate  the  child's  progress, 
and  develop  new  objectives. 

Step  6:     When  the  child  is  ready 
to  leave  Head  Start,  make  plans  to 
ensure  that  there  is  continuity  of 
needed  services  with  the  public  school. 

Each  of  these  steps  in  the  planning 
process  for  handicapped  children  is 
discussed  in  greater  detail  below.  For 
help  in  individualizing  your  activity 
planning  for  retarded  children,  see  the 
section  entitled,  "Specific  Teaching 
Techniques,"  p.71. 


47 


48    Step  1: 


Observe 


The  process  and  purpose  of  ob- 
serving is  the  same  for  all  children. 
The  purpose  of  observing  a  child  is  to 
identify  the  child's  developmental 
level  — the  level  at  which  a  child  is 
actually  functioning.  This  can  tell  you 
much  about  the  child  as  an  individual. 
Progress  is  made  by  building  on  the 
child's  strengths  and  working  on  areas 
that  are  weak.  As  you  observe  the 
child  in  a  variety  of  activities,  you 
should  take  careful  notes.  Another 
name  for  this  process  is  assessment,  or 
evaluation.  Evaluation  is  particularly 
necessary  and  useful  to  the  planning 
process  because  it  makes  you  aware  of 
the  basis  for  what  you  do  in  the 
classroom.  The  following  example  de- 
scribes a  situation  that  caUs  for 
evaluation. 


-r\lan 


At  the  beginning  of  the  year,  you 
meet  four-year-old  Alan.  The  first 
thing  you  notice  is  that  he  seems 
confused — he  doesn't  seem  to  under- 
stand what  is  going  on.  When  you  ask 
the  children  to  sit  down  to  hear  a 
story,  Alan  gets  up  and  goes  to  the 
sand  table.  When  you  put  paper  and 
crayons  in  front  of  him,  he  just  stares 
at  them.  You  realize  that  Alan  is  a 
child  you  need  to  observe  closely,  so 
you  can  figure  out  what  the  trouble 
could  be. 

You  think  that  there  are  several 
possible  explanations  for  Alan's  be- 
havior. It  is  possible  that  he  has  a 
hearing  problem,  which  would  explain 
his  difficulties  in  following  directions. 
But  when  you  call  his  name  when  his 
back  is  turned,  he  looks  at  you — so 
that  isn't  it. 


Maybe  he  has  never  been  away 
from  his  parents  before,  and  the 
emotional  stress  of  the  separation  is 
troubling  him.  But  you  notice  that  he 
says  goodbye  to  his  mother  fairly 
easily  in  the  morning,  and  doesn't 
seem  very  upset  after  she  has  left — so 
that  isn't  it. 

So  then  you  think  that  whatever  it 
is,  he'll  get  over  it  in  time.  After  all, 
some  children  do  take  longer  than 
others  to  adjust  to  new  situations.  A 
month  passes.  You  are  beginning  to 
think  that  there  might  be  something 
wrong  with  Alan,  since  the  unusual 
behavior  is  continuing. 

You  start  to  keep  notes.  You  write 
down  all  the  behavior  that  seems 
unusual:  what  the  circumstances  are 
and  what  Alan  does.  After  another 
month,  you  suspect  that  he  might 
have  a  problem  that  calls  for  outside 
help.  Your  careful  observations  and 
the  notes  you  keep  are  the  best 
beginning  for  figuring  out  what  the 
problem  could  be. 

Anyone  who  works  with  children 
can  be  a  detective  in  this  way.   If  you 
notice  a  problem  in  a  child,  try  to 
figure  out  possible  explanations  for  it. 
Test  each  explanation  to  see  if  it 
accounts  for  what  you  have  observed 
and  reject  ones  that  don't  fit  the  facts. 
Gradually,  you  can  narrow  down  the 
possibilities.  You  may  find  yourself 
with  one  or  two  possible  explanations 
of  the  problem  or  you  may  still  not 
know.  At  that  point  you  may  decide  to 
seek  help. 


How  to  Observe 

Observation  is  a  technique  of 
focused  looking  and  listening  to  what 
people  do  and  say.  Using  observation 
as  a  tool  for  learning  about  children^ 
involves  being  systematic,  watching 
for  patterns,  and  using  the  informa- 
tion. 


Be  Systematic 

Your  first  step  is  to  decide  what  you 
want  to  observe.  Thinking  about  Alan 
again,  for  example,  you  remember  that 
he  can't  complete  a  simple  puzzle. 
Since  you  know  that  doing  puzzles 
requires  fine  motor  skills,  you  want  to 
observe  how  he  handles  other  activ- 
ities that  require  such  sldlls. 

You  next  think  of  other  activities 
that  require  fine  motor  sldlls.  They 
might  be  coloring,  working  with  clay, 
turning  the  pages  of  a  book,  picking 
up  a  spoon  and  a  cup,  and  zipping  a 
zipper.  You  will  want  to  observe  AJan 
when  he  is  doing  these  things. 

Yoiu*  observation  notes  should  in- 
clude several  kinds  of  information: 

•  What  the  activity  is:  snack,  for 
example,  or  sand  table. 

•  What  is  happening  aroimd  the 
child.  ("The  room  was  noisy,  and 
Alan  was  getting  little  attention 
from  the  teachers  at  that 
moment."  "It  was  a  hot  day,  and 
that  comer  of  the  playground  was 
crowded."  "I  asked  Alan  to  cut  out 
a  picture  of  a  jack-o'-lantern  with- 
out my  help.") 

•  The  details  of  what  Alan  does 
and  how  he  does  it.  ("Alan  held 
the  cup  with  two  hands,  and 
dropped  it  when  he  tried  to  hold  it 
with  one  hand."  "Alan's  move- 
ments were  very  slow  and  listless, 
and  he  put  his  head  down  on  the 
table  twice.") 

•  How  the  child  is  feeling.  ("Alan 
felt  good  because  he  had  just  been 
able  to  throw  the  ball  to  me  for  the 
first  time."  "Alan  was  annoyed  by 


49 


50  Hisako,  who  kept  reaching  for  his 

cookies."  "Alan  s  favorite  cousin  is 
visiting  from  Alabama  this  week.") 

You  continue  to  observe  Alan's 
sldlls  regularly  enough  and  long 
enough  to  get  a  sense  of  how  he  is 
functioning. 

Here  are  some  general  tips  to  help 
you  be  systematic  as  you  observe. 

1.    Note  details 

It  is  very  important  to  write  down 
specific,  detailed  observations  that 
focus  exactly  on  what  the  child  does. 
For  example,  if  you  write  down,  "Alan 
spilled  his  rmlk,"  this  might  mean  that 
he  was  angry,  wasn't  paying  attention 
to  what  he  was  doing,  was  awkward, 
had  a  problem  with  his  arm  or  hand 
muscles,  or  a  number  of  other  possibil- 
ities. However,  consider  this  version: 
"Alan  reachea  for  his  milk  cup  with 
both  hands.  The  closer  he  got  to  the 
cup,  the  more  his  arms  trembled. 
Finally,  the  trembling  made  him 
knock  over  the  cup."  These  notes 
would  be  immensely  helpful  both  to 
you  and  to  a  trained  diagnostician, 
who  would  recognize  that  they  could 
indicate  a  serious  physical  problem. 

For  information  to  be  useful  to 
you  and  others,  it  must  be  specific. 

2.    Write  down  the  details  as  soon 
as  possible 

Note  down  what  you  see  as  soon  as 
possible,  since  it's  easy  to  forget 
quickly  the  details  of  a  child's  be- 
havior in  a  particular  circumstance. 
Details  are  important.  They  describe  a 
child's  individuality.  They  are  also  "the 
best  indicators  of  a  child's  strengths 
and  weaknesses.  When  you  make 
notes,  try  not  to  be  obvious  about  it. 
Write  them  down  away  from  the  child. 


3.  Plan  a  realistic  schedule 

Your  observations  should  be  sched- 
uled, just  as  your  activities  are. 
Observe  and  make  notes  as  often  as 
necessary  to  get  a  fuU  picture  of  what 
the  child  does  easily  and  has  problems 
with  in  the  sldll  area  you  are  focusing 
on. 

4.  Vary  the  settings  in  which  you 
observe 

Children  can  behave  differently  in 
different  activities  and  moods,  so  it's 
important  to  observe  a  child  in  a 
variety  of  situations.  Observe  the  child 
on  the  playground  and  in  the  class- 
room. Observe  the  child  as  he  or  she 
plays  alone,  with  other  children,  and 
with  you  and  other  adults.  Observe  the 
child  when  he  or  she  is  feeling  happy, 
sad,  tired,  rested,  friendly,  and  angry, 
because  these  feelings  affect  the  child's 
behavior. 


"February  1 7,  For  the  first  time  today, 
Peter  tried  to  figure  out  how  the  pedal 
on  the  tractor  works." 


5.  Vary  your  observer  role 

You  might  also  try  to  vary  your 
role  as  an  observer.  You  can  act  as  a 
spectator-observer,  watching  but  not 
participating.  For  example,  you  can 
observe  from  the  side  of  the  room 
while  another  adult  manages  the 
classroom  activities.  Or  you  can  be  a 
participant-observer,  talang  part  in  the 
activity  of  the  child.  It  is  usually  easier 
to  observe  as  a  spectator,  so  you  might 
try  this  method  first.  Again,  be  careful 
not  to  call  attention  to  yourself  as  you 
observe,  otherwise  the  child  might  not 
act  naturally. 

6.  Start  by  observing  one  child  at 
a  time 

As  you  become  more  experienced  in 
observing,  you  will  probably  find  that 
you  can  observe  more  than  one  child 
at  a  time.  It's  best  not  to  try  to  do  this, 
however,  imtO  you  are  pretty  sure  you 
won't  get  confused,  or  miss  or  forget 
important  information. 


Watch  for  Patterns 

Watching  for  patterns  is  an  impor- 
tant part  of  observation.  You  may 
notice  that  a  child  sometimes  forgets 
words,  stumbles,  or  knocks  things 
over.  All  preschool  children  do  these 
things  firom  time  to  time.  What  you 
want  to  know  is  whether  the  child 
often  or  always  does  these  things. 
Carry  a  piece  of  paper  and  a  pencil 
aroimd  with  you  and  keep  track  for  a 
few  days.  Be  sure  you  are  objective 
(factual)  about  yoiur  observations — try 
to  keep  your  own  feelings  and  reac- 
tions separate.  In  this  way,  you  will  be 
able  to  see  the  patterns  that  point  to 
the  particular  skills  with  which  the 
chila  needs  help. 

Going  back  over  all  the  notes  you 
have  made  can  help  you  discover 
patterns  you  didn't  see  before.  You 
should  review  your  notes  on  a  regular 
basis.  The  information  in  them  can 
help  you  identify  new  sldll  areas  and 
behavior  you  might  want  to  find  out 
more  about,  either  by  observing  or  by 
other  assessment  methods. 


Use  the  Information 

Once  you  have  observed  a  child 
systematically,  written  down  your  ob- 
servations, and  reviewed  your  notes, 
you  should  be  able  to  identify  areas  of 
strength  and  weakness  in  the  child's 
skills.  This  information  can  be  used  to 
develop  objectives  for  the  chQd,  and  to 
select  activities  and  teaching  tech- 
niques that  meet  the  child's  needs. 
This  information  can  also  become  a 
basis  of  discussion  with  other  teachers, 
the  parents,  and  the  specialists. 

For  example,  when  you  review  the 
observations  you  made  about  Alan,  it 
becomes  clear  that  he  does  have  a 
problem  with  his  fine  motor  skills.  In 
particular,  you  notice  that  he  has  a  lot 
of  trouble  with  hand-eye  coordina- 
tion— making  his  hand  move  to  the 
place  where  his  eyes  tell  him  his  hand 
needs  to  go.  Since  your  objective  is  to 
improve  Alan's  hand-eye  coordination, 
you  select  activities  that  involve  this 
skill  so  that  he  can  get  the  practice  he 
needs.  These  activities  might  include 
puzzles,  sand  table,  making  collages, 
and  pointing  to  pictures.  You  can  also 
decide  to  work  alone  with  Alan  more, 
both  because  he  needs  your  help  with 
the  sldll  and  because  he  works  Ibetter 
on  it  in  a  quiet  place  away  from  the 
other  children. 


51 


52     Step  2: 

Set  Objectives 

An  important  part  of  the  planning 
process  is  developing  individual  objec- 
tives that  will  lead  to  the  maximum 
growth  of  each  child.  The  objectives 
need  to  be  realistic  in  terms  of  the 
purpose  of  Head  Start  and  the  pro- 
gram's staff  and  time  resources.  Most 
important,  the  objectives  should  be 
developmental  objectives.  In  other 
words,  you  can't  expect  to  make  a 
retarded  four-year-old  function  exactly 
like  non-hantficapped  four-year-olds, 
but  you  can  help  the  child  progress  to 
his  or  her  next  developmental  level. 

Here  are  some  guidelines  for  setting 
objectives. 


1.    Be  Specific 

When  you  have  gotten  together 
your  observations,  you  will  find  some 
areas  of  strength  and  some  weak- 
nesses. This  information  is  not  par- 
ticularly useful  until  it  is  translated 
into  what  the  child  needs.  State 
objectives  in  terms  of  skills  and 
behaviors  that  need  to  be  learned  and 
that  you  can  observe.  Set  a  target  date 
for  the  achievement  of  each  objective. 
For  example,  if  Tanya  has  difficiilty 
sorting  out  related  items,  your  objec- 
tive for  her  is  to  learn  to  group  items 
according  to  likenesses.  To  make  this 
objective  more  specific  and  easier  to 
observe,  state  it  as  follows:  "In  two 
months,  Tanya  wiU  be  able  to  group 
toy  animals  oy  size,  and  marbles  by 
color." 


2.    Develop  Both  Long-  and  Short- 
Term  Objectives 

If  Robert  has  difficulty  with  self- 
help  skills  such  as  eating  and 
dressing,  a  long-term  objective  for  him 
might  be:  "Robert  will  learn  to  fasten 
and  unfasten  his  clothes  with  a 
zipper."  Short-term  objectives  that  will 
help  Robert  meet  the  long-term  one 
are:  "In  one  month,  Robert  wiU  be  able 
to  finish  unzipping  a  zipper  that  has 
already  been  started.  In  two  months, 
Robert  will  be  able  to  imzip  a  zipper 
without  assistance.  In  eight  months 
Robert  wiU  be  able  to  zip  up  a  zipper 
without  any  help." 


3.    Develop  New^  Objectives  as 
Needed 

Objectives  wiU  have  to  be  changed 
if  yoiu"  observations  show  that  there  is 
a  need  for  it.  If  Robert  surprises  you 
and  learns  to  zip  up  his  zipper  in  only 
six  months  instead  of  eight,  or  if  it 
takes  him  more  than  t\yo  months  to 
unzip  the  zipper,  you  wiU  want  to 
develop  new  objectives  to  fit  Robert's 
needs. 


"Objective:  Derek  will 
snap  the  bottom  snap  on 
his  jacket  by  April  15. " 


step  3: 


Step  4: 


53 


Select  the 
Program, 
Acivities,  and 
Techniques 

If  your  Head  Start  program  has 
several  program  options,  you  need  to 
consider  which  one  can  best  meet  the 
objectives  you  have  set  for  each  child. 
For  some  retarded  children,  a  full-day, 
center-based  program  is  best.  For 
others  a  part-day  program  combined 
with  a  home-basea  program  or  a 
special  class  might  be  best.  The 
particular  combination  of  Head  Start 
and  other  services  that  is  best  and  the 
amount  of  time  spent  in  each  varies 
from  child  to  child.  It  is  a  good  idea, 
however,  to  start  off  by  expecting  the 
child  to  participate  in  all  standard 
Head  Start  activities  along  with  the 
other  children.  The  child's  program 
can  then  be  revised,  if  and  when  it 
becomes  necessary. 

To  make  it  possible  for  retarded 
children  to  participate  in  aU  your  usual 
classroom  activities,  think  about  ways 
to  adapt  them,  and  prepare  them 
differentiy.  You  can  use  a  variety  of 
teaching  techniques  to  make  sure  the 
child  gets  what  ne  or  she  needs.  For 
examples,  look  at  the  "Activities"  in 
this  chapter. 


Develop  Plans 
with  Parents  and 
Specialists 


Parents 

Sometimes  it  is  hard  for  parents  to 
recognize  changes  in  their  child  from 
day  to  day.  In  the  classroom  you  have 
the  opportunity  to  see  a  child  for  long 
stretches  of  time,  to  observe  the  child 
performing  a  wide  variety  of  activities, 
and  to  compare  each  child  with  many 
other  children.  For  these  reasons,  you 
can  observe  a  child's  daily  progress 
and  set  realistic  objectives  based  on 
your  observations.  On  the  other  hand, 
parents  know  a  great  deal  about  their 
child  that  no  one  else  can  learn  simply 
by  being  the  child's  teacher.  Moreover, 
for  education  to  be  effective,  parent 
and  teacher  goals  for  the  child  need  to 
be  consistent  so  that  both  are  working, 
in  their  different  roles,  toward  the 
same  end.  Develop  your  plans  with 
parents.  Share  with  parents  the  pro- 
gress their  child  is  making  in  your 
classroom  and  ask  them  to  share  with 
you  the  child's  accomplishments  at 
home.  As  you  work  together  with 
parents,  you  might  invite  them  to 
observe  the  program  and  to  assist  in 
class  activities. 


Specialists 

Specialists  typically  see  a  child  for 
short  periods  of  time  doing  a  limited 
number  of  tasks,  and  interacting  only 
with  themselves  and  the  parents. 
Sharing  your  observations  with  spe- 
cialists can  provide  them  with  valu- 
able information  on  the  child's  activity 
in  a  more  normal  setting.  In  turn,  the 
specialists  can  help  you  imderstand 
what  limits  the  handicap  imposes  on 
the  child's  activities,  and  may  be  able 
to  help  you  develop  objectives  that  are 
based  on  the  child's  needs  and  abili- 
ties. 


54    Step  5: 

Continue  to 
Observe,  Reassess, 
and  Make 
Adjustments 

While  a  formal  assessment  of  each 
child's  development  and  progress  may 
occur  only  once  a  year,  you  should  aim 
for  more  informal  evaluations  much 
more  often.  (Remember  how  qioickly 
children  change  at  this  age,  especially 
in  a  stimulating  Head  Start  class- 
room!) As  you  observe  regularly  and 
record  a  retarded  child's  responses  in 
major  sldU  areas,  your  understanding 
of  that  child  and  the  effects  of  the 
retardation  will  grow.  Keep  in  mind 
the  objectives  toward  which  the  child 
is  moving,  and  how  much  progress 
has  been  made. 

Refer  often  to  your  past  observa- 
tions, and  look  for  patterns  in  skill 
areas.  If,  for  example,  there  is  a 
pattern  of  poor  eye-hand  coordination, 
consider  whether  you  have  seen  some 
improvement  in  this  area.  Try  to  figure 
out  which  activities  the  child  has 
enjoyed  most  and  which  ones  seem  to 
have  caused  the  most  improvement. 
Try  to  include  more  of  these  kinds  of 
activities  in  the  future. 


Step  6: 

Continuity 

Betv\^een 

Head  Start  and  the 

PubKc  Schools 

As  a  result  of  the  Education 
for  All  Handicapped  Children  Act, 
public  schools  will  increasingly  be 
providing  the  benefits  of  mainstream- 
ing  classrooms  and  special  services  to 
handicapped  chOdren.  After  being  in  a 
mainstream  Head  Start  classroom  and 
receiving  special  services,  children 
with  mental  retardation  will  need  to 
have  these  advantages  continue.  There 
are  several  things  a  handicap  or  social 
service  coordinator  and  you  can  do  to 
contribute  to  the  continuity  of  the 
education  that  a  child  with  mental 
retardation  in  your  program  has  been 
receiving. 

•     Some  Head  Start  programs 
have  developed  formal  re- 
lationships with  the  public 
schools  in  their  areas,  to 
assist  in  the  transition  be- 
tw^een  preschool  and  ele- 
mentary school.  If  your 
program  has  no  formal  re- 
lationships with  the  public 
schools,  you  might  explore 
the  possibility  of  establish- 
ing them.  Your  program 
director  or  handicap  co- 
ordinator will  know^  where 
to  go  for  suggestions  on 
how^  to  achieve  this. 


Developmental  continuity 
is  made  easier  if  com- 
munity providers  of  special 
services  to  Head  Start  chil- 
dren continue  to  provide 
them  to  children  as  needed 
when  they  go  on  to  public 
school.  Before  a  child 
leaves  Head  Start,  vou  can 
discuss  the  child's  mture 
plans  with  the  specialists 
who  have  been  working 
with  him  or  her. 

Parent  participation  in  the 
services  their  child  has 
been  getting  in  Head  Start 
is  a  valuable  foundation  to 
build  on.  Encourage  par- 
ents to  continue  their  in- 
volvement and  to  make 
sure  that  their  child  re- 
ceives needed  services  in 
elementary  school. 


Finally,  you  can  keep  in 
touch  with  the  child  and  his 
or  her  family  after  the  child 
leaves  your  classroom.  A 
telephone  call  or  a  visit  to 
find  out  how  things  are 
going  will  be  appreciated 
by  the  parents.  If  the  child 
is  having  problems,  your 
suggestions  on  how  to  deal 
with  them  \vould  be  vv^el- 
come. 


55 


56 


The 

Physical 
Setting  and 
Classroom 
Facilities 


No  two  Head  Start  programs  have 
the  same  classroom  faolities,  and  few 
of  them  have  ideal  physical  settings. 
But  wonderful  learning  environments 
often  exist  without  modem  buildings, 
fancy  furniture,  or  expensive  materials. 
The  children  and  the  staff  reaDy  make 
any  preschool  program.  One  of  the 
best  things  you  can  do  for  retarded 
children  is  to  talk  to  them,  encourage 
them  to  talk,  and  listen  to  them. 

By  and  large,  most  handicapped 
children  don't  require  special  class- 
room arrangements  or  extra  materials. 
You  can  adapt  and  reorganize  the 
materials  you  already  have  to  meet  the 
needs  of  retarded  children.  Basically, 
the  classroom  should  be  arranged  to 
suit  the  special  needs  of  the  retarded 
child.  These  modifications  should  not 
be  necessary  very  often,  and  they  are 
sure  to  be  minor. 

There  are  moments  when  handi- 
capped children  need  special  help  in 
dealing  with  the  physical  setting  of 
the  classroom.  Such  help  should  be 
given  fi*eely.  In  general,  arrange  your 
room  so  that  the  child  can  explore  the 
space  and  use  the  materials  with  as 
little  assistance  as  possible.  Here  are 
some  suggestions  that  are  useful  with 
all  children.  They  are  particularly 
helpful  for  children  with  handicaps, 
including  mental  retardation. 


Clear 

Traffic 

Patterns 


K  you  have  a  child  in  your 
program  who  is  just  learning  to  walk 
and  is  still  climisy,  make  sure  that 
there  is  enough  space  between  furni- 
ture groupings  to  avoid  "collisions." 
The  traffic  patterns  between  activity 
areas  should  be  easy  to  recognize. 
Making  a  map  of  your  floor  plan 
before  the  beginning  of  the  program 
year  may  help  you  to  recognize  and 
correct  traffic  problems  before  they 
happen.  Don't  overlap  traffic  routes 
and  activity  areas — this  will  disrupt 
the  children  who  are  involved  in  the 
activities. 


M 


All  the  trucks  together. 


Neatly  arranged  materials  invite  playing. 


start 
Simple 


Keep  your  room  arrangement  as 
simple  and  uncluttered  as  possible, 
especially  at  the  beginning  of  the  year. 
As  the  children  get  used  to  it  and 
learn  to  handle  a  more  complex 
environment,  you  can  gradually  in- 
crease the  amount  of  materials  and 
number  of  activity  areas.  The  use  of 
well-defined  and  consistent  space  pat- 
terns wdll  avoid  confusion  and  help  the 
children  become  familiar  with  the 


classroom  organization.  The  space  in 
which  each  activity  occurs  should  be 
clearly  marked. 

For  example,  you  might  want  to 
put  masking  tape  on  the  floor  to 
indicate  the  big  block  area,  the 
housekeeping  comer,  and  other  areas. 
Other  space  cues,  such  as  cabinets  and 
movable  partitions,  can  be  moved 
around  as  needed.  Mark  storage  areas 
clearly.  Make  sure  children  know 
where  they  are  and  what  belongs  in 
them,  and  can  get  at  them  easily.  Be 
consistent  about  where  materials  are 
kept  and  where  activities  take  place. 


Noise 
Level 


Avoid  placing  noisy  activities  next 
to  quiet  activities.  Noise  and  move- 
ment distract  some  children  from 
quieter  tasks.  Noise  interrupts  the  rest 
breaks  that  some  handicapped  chil- 
dren need.  Most  retarded  children  need 
help  in  improving  their  language 
skills,  but  it's  hard  to  make  out  what  a 
teacher  is  saying  if  it's  very  noisy. 
Listening  and  speaking  are  a  lot  easier 
for  everyone  when  it's  relatively  quiet. 
Be  sure  there  are  quiet  places  in  the 
room,  perhaps  sectioned  off. 


57 


Play  areas  should  be  clearly  marked. 


One  good  way  to  label  cubbies. 


58 


Getting  away  from  it  all. 


Individual 

Space 

Cues 


Some  children  aren't  used  to 
sharing  a  room  with  a  lot  of  other 
children,  and  they  may  use  more  than 
their  share  of  the  space.  You  can  use 
physical  signals  to  limit  their  move- 
ment. For  example,  when  Sean  sits  in 
a  circle,  he  might  extend  his  legs  and 
kick  the  child  next  to  him.  To  avoid 
this,  try  a  masking-tape  "x"  or  a  rug 
square  on  the  floor  where  Sean  is  to 
sit.  A  file  cabinet  or  a  bookcase  can  be 
strategically  placed  to  define  the  space 
you  want  a  child  to  occupy.  More 
subtle  cues,  such  as  a  friendly  touch  or 
placing  a  disruptive  child  directly  in 
front  of  you,  will  also  help  limit 
children's  movement. 

In  general,  the  more  obvious  the 
space  cue,  the  easier  it  is  for  the  child 
to  imderstand.  As  the  children  learn  to 
use  space  properly,  you  can  gradually 
eliminate  the  more  obvious  cues  (rugs, 
tape),  and  substitute  less  obvious  ones 
(a  spoken  reminder). 

Even  the  spoken  reminder  wiU  no 
longer  be  needed  when  the  child  learns 
and  accepts  the  limits  of  his  or  her 
own  space. 


Personal  Places 


There  should  be  a  quiet  place 
available  where  children  can  go  on 
their  own.  Some  classrooms  have 
cubbies  where  children  keep  their 
personal  belongings.  These  are  some- 
times large  enough  to  be  used  as  nice 
"escape  hatches."  You  can  even  rig  up 
a  curtain  that  can  be  drawn  across  the 
cubby,  if  the  child  would  like  this.  Tiy 
to  arrange  your  book  area  so  that  it  is 
soft  and  comfortable,  and  has  private 
nooks  and  crannies. 


Everyone  needs  to  get  away  from  it 
aU  every  once  in  a  while. 


Use 
What 
You  Have 


Just  like  for  all  young  children,  you 
don't  need  expensive  or  fancy  mater- 
ials for  a  child  with  retardation.  You 
can  often  adapt  what  you  have  by 
thinking  about  what  the  child  needs  to 
learn  from  the  materials.  Watch  the 
child  to  see  if  they  are  too  complicated. 
If  they  are,  the  way  the  child  reacts 
will  let  you  know  how  to  simplify 
them. 

You  might  ask  a  retarded  child's 
parents  for  help  in  adapting  classroom 
materials.  They  may  already  have 
done  this  sort  of  thiiig  at  home. 

Try  to  use  materials  that  will 
stimulate  children's  curiosity.  Offer 
materials  that  need  active  fingers  and 
hands,  and  that  allow  a  variety  of 
uses.  Since  learning  takes  place 
through  all  the  senses,  include  mater- 
ials that  a  child  sees,  hears,  feels, 
smells,  tastes,  and  moves. 

The  only  extra  materials  you  might 
consider  obtaining  for  retarded  pre- 
school children  are  those  designed  for 
younger  children.  If  a  retarded  child  is 
functioning  at  a  two-year-old  level, 
provide  materials  designed  for  two- 
year-olds.  Have  some  two-  or  three- 
piece  puzzles  on  hand,  for  example, 
some  large  picture  books  with  untear- 
able  pages,  and  some  large  pegboards 
with  easy-to-grip  pegs.  If  it  is  easy  to 
locate  such  materials,  fine.  If  not,  you 
can  usually  think  of  ways  to  adapt 
what  you  already  have. 


General 

Teaching 

Guidelines 


There  are  many  good  ways  to 
teach.  Because  of  your  personality, 
temperament,  and  values,  you  have 
developed  your  own  individual  teach- 
ing style,  which  is  reflected  in  the 
activities  you  choose,  and  in  the  ways 
you  interact  with  children.  Good  teach- 
ing techniques  are  often  the  same  for 
the  education  of  any  child,  whether 
handicapped  or  non-handicapped.  So  it 
is  best  not  to  try  to  change  your 
natural  teaching  style  for  a  retarded 
child.  It  will  only  serve  to  make  both 
you  and  the  child  uncomfortable. 

With  retarded  children,  you  wiU 
want  to  apply  your  teaching  sldlls 
consciously,  using  those  skills  that 
most  effectively  serve  the  needs  of  the 
child.  You  do  much  the  same  for  every 
child.  But  since  children  who  are 
handicapped  have  problems  that 
seriously  interfere  with  overall  per- 
formance, they  require  extra  considera- 
tion. Following  are  some  basic  prin- 
ciples that  you  may  already  know  and 
use  with  ail  children.  They  are  parti- 
cularly useful  in  working  with  children 
who  have  handicaps,  including  mental 
retardation. 


59 


60    1. 


Understand 
Your  Feelings 
and  Keep  Trying 

A  couple  of  weeks  before  preschool 
opened  in  the  fall,  Ms.  Lazon  was 
asked  to  take  responsibility  for  Linda, 
a  four-year-old  child  with  mental 
retardation  who  was  about  to  enter  the 
program.  For  two  weeks  Ms.  Lazon 
had  thoughts  like  these: 

"Me?  I've  never  worked  with  a 
retarded  child  before.  I  won't  know 
what  to  do  with  her.  She'll  just 
stare  at  me,  or  cry.  Her  parents  will 
see  I  don't  know  what  I'm  doing. 
What  should  I  do  if  I  talk  to  her 
and  she  doesn't  answer?  Who  will 
help  me  with  her?  How  will  I  be 
able  to  have  enough  patience  to 
show  her  something  for  the  sixth 
time  in  a  row?  Why  wasn't  some 
other  teacher  chosen  for  this? 
Everybody  will  see  I  don't  know 
how  to  work  with  this  child,  and 
I'll  be  embarrassed.  If  I  try 
something  and  it  doesn't  work, 
what  on  earth  will  I  do  then?" 

If  Ms.  Lazon  had  been  able  to 
speak  with  other  staff  members  in  her 
program  about  these  worries,  instead 
of  keeping  them  to  herself,  she  might 
have  felt  better.  Talking  with  the 
director  of  the  program,  she  might 
have  been  able  to  find  out  why  she 
had  been  chosen.  The  handicap  or 
social  services  coordinator  could  have 
explained  what  kinds  of  help  were 
available  to  her. 


Starting  Out 

Some  adults  are  nervous  and 
worried  about  working  with  a  handi- 
capped child  for  the  first  time.  This  is 
a  typical  reaction  when  they  don't 
know  the  child  very  weU  yet  (if  at  all). 
As  a  result  they  sometimes  start  out 
thinking  of  the  child  as  a  "retarded 
child."  As  they  spend  time  with  the 
child,  watch  the  child,  play  with  the 
child,  and  hug  the  child,  they  usually 
find  that  they  have  begun  to  think  of 
the  child  as  a  "child  with  retar- 
dation," and  soon  they  think  of  him  or 
her  as  a  "child,"  plain  and  simple. 

Your  first  efforts  working  with  the 
child  may  not  all  be  successful — this  is 
to  be  expected.  You  may  feel  frustrated 
and  guilty.  If  something  goes  wrong 
(as  things  do  from  time  to  time),  figure 
out  what  happened,  and  keep  it  in 
mind  for  the  next  time. 

Don't  expect  miracles.  No  one  is 
asking  you  to  cure  a  child,  or  to  make 
the  cMld  into  the  fastest  puzzle-doer  in 
the  class,  or  into  the  best  runner  or 
climber.  Sometimes,  even  with  the  very 
best  help  from  you,  the  staff,  and 
specialists,  a  child  doesn't  make  as 
much  progress  as  hoped. 


If  he  doesn't  learn  today, 
you  can  try  again  tomorrow. 


E 


lerre 

This  was  true  of  Pierre,  a  child 
with  very  serious  problems.  Although 
the  teachers  knew  how  difficult  it 
would  be  to  work  with  him,  they 
accepted  him  into  the  program  because 
they  had  been  able  to  help  other 
children  with  retardation. 

When  Pierre  started  the  program, 
he  was  hard  to  manage.  He  yelled, 
pushed  children  out  of  his  way,  and 
refused  to  do  what  was  asked  of  him. 
He  couldn't  sit  still.  He  sometimes  got 
so  angry  he  lost  all  ability  to  speak. 

But  every  now  and  then,  Pierre  did 
seem  to  do  better.  He  learned  a  few 
new  words,  and  he  kept  still  long 
erwugh  to  play  at  the  water  table.  He 
made  several  approaches  to  play  with 
other  children.  He  could  listen  to  a 
very  short  story  if  a  teacher  held  him 
on  her  lap.  Sometimes  it  looked  as 
though  a  breakthrough  was  about  to 
happen. 

But  then  the  next  day,  Pierre  would 
go  back  to  his  old  behavior — or  worse. 
Although  his  teachers  were  discour- 
aged, they  tried  to  be  even  more 
sensitive  to  his  needs  and  moods.  They 
had  regular  staff  meetings  about 
Pierre.  They  asked  a  number  of 
specialists  for  suggestions  and  advice. 
They  scheduled  regular  sessions  with 
some  specialists.  They  worked  closely 
with  his  parents. 

But  in  spite  of  all  their  efforts, 
nothing  worked.  Pierre's  problems  are 
as  serious  now  as  they  were  on  his 
first  day  in  Head  Start. 

Some  children,  like  Pierre,  never 
seem  to  progress.  All  you  can  do  is 
your  best  to  try  and  help.  There  will 
also  be  many  times  when  you  will 
succeed  in  helping  these  children  to 
make  the  best  compensations  they  can 
for  their  handicap,  and  to  take  advan- 
tage of  the  talents  and  skills  they  do 
have. 


2. 

Classroom 
Personnel 


Aides  and  volunteers  play  a  key 
role  in  all  Head  Start  programs,  and 
their  assistance  should  be  included  in 
classroom  planning  for  children  with 
special  needs. 


Aides 

Your  aide  or  assistant  helps  you 
teach  activities  and  work  with  children 
individually.  This  help  is  especially 
valuable  if  you  have  a  retarded  child 
in  your  class  who  needs  special 
attention  and  assistance.  Aides  should 
be  included  in  developing  educational 
objectives  for  the  child  and  in  ongoing 
planning.  Both  you  and  the  aide 
should  agree  on  what  the  aide  should 
do,  and  why,  to  help  the  child  learn 
and  play  with  other  children. 

It  is  not  a  good  idea  to  have  the 
child  work  constantly  with  only  one 
adult.  This  isolates  the  child  from 
other  children,  defeating  the  purpose  of 
mainstreaming.  Some  children,  how- 
ever, need  the  security  of  an  attach- 
ment to  only  one  adiilt  in  the 
classroom  before  they  are  able  to  work 
with  several  adults.  For  such  a  child, 
you  may  want  to  assign  an  aide  to 
work  with  the  child  for  a  while. 

On  the  other  hand,  other  problems 
can  be  created  when  a  child  has  too 
many  caregivers  who  come  and  go. 
This  makes  it  hard  for  the  child  to 
form  emotional  attachments.  Children 
learn  better  with  the  reassuring  pres- 
ence of  a  few  people  they  know  and 
care  about. 

Care  for  the  child  should  therefore 
be  shared  among  several  adults.  Indi- 
vidual attention  should  be  limited  to 
what  the  child  needs  so  that  he  or  she 
is  not  separated  from  the  group  too 
often. 


61 


62  Volunteers 

Volunteers  can  be  helpful  in  work- 
ing with  handicapped  children  even 
though  their  work  hours  are  probably 
shorter  and  less  predictable  than  those 
of  aides.  They,  too,  need  explanations 
and  directions  from  you  about  what 
they  are  requested  to  do. 

Parents  make  good  volvmteers. 
High  school  and  college  students  are 
also  ideal  volunteers.  Young  people 
who  are  learning  about  children  in 
school  are  often  interested  in  working 
with  them.  Another  source  of  volun- 
teers could  be  senior  citizen  clubs  or 
apartment  complexes  for  the  elderly. 
Many  elderly  people,  especially  those 
whose  grandchildren  don't  live  nearby, 
would  be  pleased  to  help  with  young 
children — and  they  certainly  are  exper- 
ienced! Another  excellent  source  of 
volunteers  is  organizations  and 
agencies  in  your  community  that  work 
with  handicapped  children  (such  as 
Easter  Seal,  United  Cerebral  Palsy 
Associations,  children's  hospitals,  re- 
habilitation centers). 

See  to  it  that  everyone  who  works 
with  a  handicapped  child  in  your  class 
gets  along  well  with  him  or  her. 
Everyone  works  better  when  they 
enjoy  what  they  are  doing. 


3. 

Setting 
Limits 

Some  limits  must  be  put  on 
children  to  protect  their  physical 
safety.  Safety  limits  are  usually  clear- 
cut:  for  example,  "We  walk  in  the 
classroom"  and  "Look  both  ways 
before  crossing  the  street."  State  safety 
limits  simply  and  frequently,  and 
demonstrate  them  when  necessary. 
Enforce  them  consistently,  so  that 
children  will  learn  that  they  must  be 
followed. 

Children  also  need  limits  to  help 
them  control  their  behavior.  Unlike 
safety  limits,  behavioral  limits  require 
you  to  make  some  judgments  about 
what  is  appropriate  and  what  is  not. 
Each  of  us  has  a  range  of  child 
behavior  that  we  accept  or  can  tolerate 
in  our  classrooms.  (Some  teachers 
don't  mind  a  lot  of  noise  or  a  messy 
paint  area,  while  others  can't  stand 
this.) 

Whatever  behavioral  limits  you  set, 
be  consistent  in  enforcing  them.  K  the 
limits  keep  changing,  the  children  will 
never  know  what  you  expect,  and  will 
not  learn  what  you  are  trying  to  teach. 
Praise  children  for  their  efforts,  and 
try  to  ignore  borderline  but  tolerable 
behavior.  Let  the  children  know  that 
you  accept  and  respect  them,  whatever 
the  quality  of  their  performance.  As  a 
result,  the  children  will  not  feel 
personally  threatened  by  failure.  They 
will  approach  learning  without  fear. 


Before  setting  a  behavioral  limit, 
look  carefully  at  the  behavior  you  are 
concerned  with,  and  ask  yourself  the 
following  questions. 


How  Does  It  Affect 
the  Other  Children? 

Does  the  behavior  disrupt  the 
learning  of  the  other  children?  If  the 
behavior  does  not  disturb  the  other 
children,  then  perhaps  it  should  be 
something  you  may  want  to  learn  to 
live  with. 

For  example,  if  Tasha's  loud  voice 
seems  much  more  annoying  to  you 
than  to  everyone  else  in  the  class, 
maybe  it  is  not  so  important  that  she 
be  quiet,  after  all. 


Can  the  Child  Help  It? 

Does  the  child  have  control  over 
the  behavior?  For  example,  you  may 
find  it  hard  to  take  the  slowness  of  a 
particular  child  in  getting  ready  for 
the  next  activity.  Although  you  can  do 
some  things  to  speed  up  the  process,  it 
may  not  be  possible  to  speed  it  up  as 
much  as  you  would  like.  This  means 
you  must  adapt  to  the  child's  behavior. 
Concentrating  on  the  child's  needs 
rather  than  on  the  behavior  may  help 
you  change. 


63 


This  behavior  is 
disturbing  the  boy, 
and  should  be 
J  stopped. 


64  Is  a  Change  Justified? 

Do  you  have  a  good  reason  for 
wanting  to  change  the  child's 
behavior?  What  is  your  educational 
reason  for  wanting  to  alter  the 
behavior?  In  other  words,  make  sure 
the  behavior  change  is  good  for  the 
child,  not  just  more  convenient. 

Derek  is  a  child  who  has  a  hard 
time  keeping  still  for  long.  Helping 
him  learn  to  stay  and  work  at  the 
puzzle  table  is  important,  because  he 
won't  be  able  to  learn  the  skills  puzzles 
can  teach  him  if  he  is  running  around 
the  room.  On  the  other  hand,  it's  not 
important  that  Derek  sit  at  the  table. 
He  may  need  to  move  around  the  table 
as  he  works  on  the  puzzle,  but  he  can 
stiU  learn  this  way.  There  would  be  no 
educational  reason  for  asking  him  to 
sit  still. 


Can  You  Think  of 
Substitute  Behavior? 

What  behavior  do  you  want  the 
child  to  substitute  for  the  unacceptable 
behavior?  One  good  way  to  help 
children  change  undesirable  behavior 
is  to  teach  them  a  good  substitute.  A 
child  who  hits  other  children  can  be 
taught  to  express  anger  with  words,  or 
to  stalk  away  from  the  anger-pro- 
ducing situation,  or  to  hit  a  punching 
bag.  Make  sure  that  the  new  behavior 
competes  with  the  undesirable  one. 
Laiu*a  can't  hit  Rudy  and  stalk  away 
from  him  at  the  same  time,  so  stalkmg 
away  would  be  a  successful  technique 
for  her. 


4. 
Pacing 


Plan  yoiu-  day  so  that  the  activities 
are  varied.  Alternate  between  active 
and  quiet  activities,  between  organized 
projects  and  free  play.  When  you  teach 
new  skills,  present  them  first  in 
familiar  contexts,  along  with  some 
skills  the  child  already  has.  This 
lessens  the  child's  uncertainty  and 
frustration. 

A  child  with  mental  retardation  is 
especially  sensitive  to  the  pace  of  the 
day.  Some  retarded  children  tire  easily, 
and  may  need  more  quiet  times  than 
non-handicapped  children.  This 
doesn't  necessarily  mean  a  nap — often 
ten  minutes  alone  in  the  book  comer  is 
enough.  Also,  the  child's  attention 
span  may  need  training  and  strength- 
ening if  he  or  she  isn't  used  to 
preschool.  If  a  child's  attention  span  is 
short,  make  the  activities  short,  too. 
You  can  lengthen  them  as  the  child 
learns  to  pay  attention  for  longer 
stretches  of  time.  Finally,  there  should 
be  extra  time  available  for  the  child 
who  needs  more  than  one  turn  to 
imderstand  or  to  do  something.  Provid- 
ing time  for  that  extra  turn  or  two  can 
mean  the  difference  between  success 
and  failure. 


5. 
Grouping 

At  home  children  with  special 
needs  are  sometimes  isolated  from 
other  children.  One  of  the  benefits  of 
mainstreaming  is  that  it  offers  these 
children  the  opportunity  to  play  with 
other  children  and  to  learn  a  new  skill 
by  seeing  someone  else  do  it  correctly. 
You  can  plan  and  organize  your 
learning  situations  so  that  this  inter- 
action, called  "peer  modeling,"  can 
occur.  In  areas  where  a  handicapped 
child  is  weak,  another  child  (a  peer) 
who  has  the  sldll  can  act  as  a  model, 
likewise,  in  areas  where  a  handi- 
capped child  excels,  she  or  he  might  be 
paired  with  a  less  sldlled  child. 

No  child,  handicapped  or  non- 
handicapped,  is  good  at  everything  or 
bad  at  everything.  All  children  should 
have  the  opportunity  to  give  help  to 
their  classmates  and  to  receive  help 
from  them. 


Try  very  hard  not  to  exclude  a 
child  with  special  needs  from  any 
activity,  especially  large-group  activi- 
ties. Exclusion  means  isolation,  and 
isolation  means  feeling  different  and 
bad.  To  include  the  child,  give  extra 
assistance  or  change  the  expectations 
for  the  child.  For  example,  when 
several  children  are  painting  a  mural 
together,  stand  near  the  child  to  make 
sure  that  he  or  she  enjoys  it  without 
disturbing  the  other  children's  paint- 
ing, hi  this  way,  the  child  is  a  full 
participant  in  the  activity,  is  not 
isolated,  is  not  interfering  with  the 
other  children,  is  having  fun,  and  is 
also  practicing  needed  sldlls. 

Individualized  teaching  does  not 
mean  isolating  a  child.  Rather,  it 
involves  modifying  the  activity  so  that 
all  children  participate  within  the 
same  learning  situation. 


65 


Modify  the  activity 
for  several  children. 


66 


6. 

Children 
Helping 
Children 


We  have  already  mentioned  the 
benefit  of  using  children  as  models  for 
each  other.  This  principle  applies 
directly  to  using  non-handicapped 
children  to  assist  you  in  mainstream- 
ing  children  with  special  needs.  Your 
youngsters  will  probably  be  eager  to 
serve  as  helpers.  This  experience  has  a 
bonus:  it  helps  them  develop  positive 
attitudes  about  handicapped  people.  In 
addition,  their  help  will  free  some  of 
your  time  for  other  responsibilities. 
Ways  in  which  non-handicapped  chil- 
dren can  help  in  mainstreaming  a 
handicapped  child  include: 

•  introducing  a  new  child  to  the 
physical  setting  of  the  classroom 

•  helping  a  confused  child  to  organ- 
ize his  or  her  materials  for  a 
cutting  and  pasting  activity 

•  providing  a  child  with  opportim- 
ities  to  practice  a  newly  learned 
skill 


•  assisting  a  poorly  coordinated 
child  during  playground  games 

•  alerting  a  child  whose  attention 
wanders  that  a  teacher  is  about  to 
give  a  direction 

•  sitting  close  to  an  easily  frightened 
child  to  provide  support  when  the 
lights  go  out  diuing  a  film-strip. 

Peer  helpers  should  be  used  often, 
and  this  includes  using  a  handicapped 
child  in  areas  where  he  or  she  excels. 
In  this  way,  all  the  children  will  learn 
that  they  each  have  areas  of  strength 
and  weakness.  They  will  also  learn 
that  the  need  to  receive  help  does  not 
mean  that  they  are  failures,  or  are  less 
worthy  than  those  who  offer  help. 

You  may  find  that  there  is  a  non- 
handicapped  child  in  your  class  who  is 
unusually  responsible  and  enjoys 
being  a  big  brother  or  big  sister  to  a 
retarded  chUd.  This  is  fine,  but  make 
sure  that  you  are  not  relying  so  much 
on  your  helper  that  he  or  she  becomes 
a  substitute  teacher,  or  does  more  for 
the  retarded  child  than  is  needed. 


7. 

Breaking 
Down 
SkiUs 


Every  skill  is  really  composed  of 
many  sub-skills — there  is  no  such 
thing  as  a  one-step  activity.  Skills  such 
as  tying  shoelaces,  cutting  a  circle 
with  scissors,  doing  a  somersault,  or 
learning  to  count  consist  of  many  sub- 
skills. 

Some  children  can  master  a  new 
skill  very  quickly  with  little  help  from 
you.  These  are  children  who  already 
know  the  sub-skills  and  can  use  them 
in  performing  the  new  skill.  Handi- 
capped children,  however,  don't  have 
some  of  the  sub-skills  necessary,  and 
need  to  be  taught  them  before  they 
can  succeed  at  the  overall  activity. 
Children  with  mental  retardation  have 
this  problem  in  all  skill  areas. 

For  these  children,  you  can  break 
down  the  activity  into  sub-skills  that 
can  be  learned  at  their  current  skill 
level.  For  example,  if  you  want  to 
teach  a  child  to  hop,  check  to  see  if  he 
or  she  can  balance  on  one  foot. 
Balancing  on  one  foot  is  a  sub-skill  of 
hopping,  and  must  be  mastered  first. 
Since  breaking  down  skills  into  small 
parts  is  very  important  with  retarded 
children,  we  cover  it  in  detail  in  the 
"Activities"  section  of  this  chapter. 


8. 

Sequencing 

Activities 


67 


In  addition  to  sequencing  skills 
within  an  activity,  sequence  a  series  of 
activities.  Start  with  simple  activities 
and  gradually  increase  the  level  of 
difficulty  as  a  child  learns. 

For  example,  children  can  begin  to 
learn  about  traffic  lights  by  hearing  a 
story  about  one  and  by  coloring  a 
picture  of  one  with  red,  yellow,  and 
green  crayons.  Then  you  could  play  a 
game  of  "Red  Light,  Green  light" 
with  them.  The  next  step  in  the 
classroom  might  be  to  set  up  a  maze, 
complete  with  teacher-made  traffic 
signals,  and  have  each  child  go 
through  the  maze  as  the  light  changes. 
(You  can  make  the  light  change  by 
inserting  red,  yellow,  or  green  cards  at 
different  times.)  Finally,  you  will  want 
to  go  outside  and  practice  the  real 
thing.  By  sequencing  these  activities 
from  simple  to  more  complex,  you 
have  helped  the  child  to  generalize, 
and  have  reinforced  the  concepts  you 
are  teaching. 

Be  sure  to  demonstrate  to  a  child 
how  the  skills  learned  in  one  activity 
can  be  used  in  others.  A  retarded  chold 
may  need  to  repeat  a  sub-skill,  a  skill, 
or  an  activity  several  times  with  your 
help  and  several  more  times  without  it, 
before  moving  on  to  new  activities  at  a 
more  difficult  level. 


68 


9. 

Physical 

Contact 

and  Guidance 


Use  physical  contact  to  help  a 
handicapped  child,  to  ensure  safety,  to 
provide  guidance,  and  to  limit  space. 
Feel  free  to  express  your  affectionate 
feelings  with  a  pat  or  a  hug.  Guard 
against  using  physical  contact  to 
punish  a  child. 

Physical  contact  is  especially  im- 
portant for  a  retarded  child,  who  can 
often  learn  best  by  being  "moved 
through"  an  activity  one  or  rnore 
times,  until  independent  participation 
is  possible.  Put  your  hands  on 
Marilyn's  shoulders  and  walk  her 
around  the  circle.  Put  the  crayon  in 
Peter's  hand  and  put  your  hand  over 
his,  so  that  he  can  feel  the  motions  of 
drawing  a  stencil  pattern. 

Using  physical  guidance  as  you 
move  Marilyn  around  a  circle  and  as 
you  help  Peter  with  the  stencil  is  a 
temporary  technique  that  allows  them 
to  be  successful  on  their  own.  In  this 
sense,  physical  guidance  (and  stencils, 
too)  are  like  training  wheels  on  a  two- 
wheel  bike.  The  success  children  have 
with  your  help  makes  them  more 
willing  to  try  again,  and  the  structured 
practice  helps  them  learn  more 
quickly.  After  a  while,  your  help,  just 
like  the  training  wheels,  will  no  longer 
be  needed. 


If  he  can  reach  the  paint  brushes,  allow 
him  the  pride  of  getting  them  himself 


lOo 

Avoiding 
Over-Dependence 

It  is  sometimes  hard  to  be  accurate 
and  realistic  about  what  children  are 
capable  of  doing  for  themselves.  In  the 
case  of  many  children  with  special 
needs,  it  is  all  too  easy  to  assume  that 
they  are  more  helpless  than  they  really 
are.  Seeing  that  they  cannot  do  some 
things  may  make  us  think  that  they 
cannot  do  others. 

Furthermore,  some  parents  may 
have  overprotected  their  handicapped 
child  to  make  up  for  all  the  extra 
problems  that  their  child  has  to  deal 
with.  This  means  that  some  children 
may  come  to  Head  Start  expecting 
that  everything  will  be  done  for  them, 
simply  because  this  is  what  they  are 
used  to. 

Overprotecting  a  child  is  a  trap 
that  you  don't  have  to  get  caught  in. 
You  have  to  ask  yourself:  "Is  this 
really  impossible  for  the  child?  Could 
the  child  do  it  alone  with  more  time? 
Could  the  child  do  it  with  more  help 
from  me?"  Think  hard,  and  be  honest. 
It  is  tempting  to  do  things  for  a  slow 
child  because  you  can  do  them  faster 
and  better.  But  if  you're  always  the 
one  who  zips  the  zipper  and  sets  out 
the  paint  brushes  and  turns  the  book 
right-side  up,  the  child  won't  have  a 
chance  to  try  to  learn  to  do  these 
things.  And  isn't  the  child  in  your 
classroom  so  that  he  or  she  can  learn 
to  do  them? 

Being  extra  patient  and  giving 
exfra  encouragement  to  children  who 
try  to  do  things  on  their  own  will  pay 
off  many  times  in  the  future.  You  can 
help  children  think  of  themselves  as 
able,  not  imable.  When  they  grow  up, 
they  will  be  in  the  habit  of  expecting 
as  much  from  themselves  as  they  are 
really  capable  of. 


69 


70 


11. 

Confidentiality 

Making  sure  that  confidential  in- 
formation stays  confidential  involves 
careful  record-keeping  and  watching 
what  you  say. 

Project  Head  Start  requires  pro- 
grams to  institute  careful  procedures, 
"including  confidentiality  of  program 
records,  to  insure  that  no  individual 
child  or  family  is  mislabeled  or 
stigmatized  with  reference  to  a  handi- 
capping condition"  (OCD  Transmittal 
Notice  N-30-333-1-30,  "Head  Start  ^ 
Services  to  Handicapped  Children," 
February  28,  1973,  page  6).  The  Head 
Start  Performance  Standards  also 
spell  out  procedures  to  guarantee 
confidentiality  of  records- 

•  Records  must  be  stored  in  a 
locked  place  where  unauthor- 
ized people  can't  see  them. 

•  The  Head  Start  director  must 
determine  which  staff  members 
can  see  which  parts  of  the 
records  and  for  which  reasons. 

•  Parents  must  fill  out  written 
consent  forms  to  give  anyone 
outside  of  Head  Start  permis- 
sion to  see  the  records. 

These  procedures  are  designed  to 
make  sure  that  aU  records  on  a 
handicapped  child  and  his  or  her 
family  are  seen  only  by  people  who 
need  to  see  them  for  legitimate  educa- 
tional or  medical  reasons. 

Avoid  writing  down  confidential 
information  such  as  that  contained  in 
the  child's  records.  limit  the  confiden- 
tial information  you  do  write  down  to 
what  you  need  for  working  with  the 
child. 


You  should  not  repeat  confidential 
information  about  handicapped  chil- 
dren or  their  parents,  either  to  other 
parents  or  to  staff  members  who  are 
not  working  with  the  children.  This  is 
an  invasion  of  the  privacy  to  which 
handicapped  children  and  their 
parents  have  a  right. 

If  you  need  to  share  confidential 
information  with  another  staff  mem- 
ber to  help  him  or  her  work  better  with 
the  child,  have  your  discussion  in  a 
private  place  and  limit  it  to  necessary 
information  only. 

Teachers  have  sometimes  been 
embarrassed  to  find  that  their  com- 
ments about  a  handicapped  child's 
family  have  been  repeated  to  the 
family.  Parents  of  children  with 
special  needs  can  be  sensitive  about 
this  issue,  and  understandably  so.  Be 
discreet  about  what  you  say — and  to 
whom  you  say  it. 


Specific 

Teaching 

Techniques 


This  section  suggests  specific  teach- 
ing techniques  that  you  can  use  to 
help  mentally  retarded  children  in 
your  classroom  learn  better.  It  includes 
recommendations  for  improving  self- 
concept,  tips  to  keep  in  mind,  the 
techniques  of  task  analysis  and  beha- 
vior modification,  how  to  handle 
transition  times,  and  ways  to  help 
with  language  problems. 


Improving 
Self-Concept 

Children's  self -concept  is  affected 
by  the  expectations  of  the  people  who 
are  important  to  them.  For  example,  if 
Jackie's  parents  and  teachers  think  it 
is  important  to  eat  neatly,  she  will 
enjoy  their  approval,  and  feel  proud  of 
herself  when  she  keeps  her  milk  in  the 
cup  and  her  food  on  the  plate. 
Children  who  believe  that  they  are 
capable  of  fulfilling  the  expectations  of 
the  people  who  are  important  to  them 
develop  a  positive  self-concept,  or  a 
sense  of  worth  in  themselves.  This 
sense  of  worth  in  turn  encourages 
them  to  try  new  things  and  again  be 
successful.  They  begin  to  feel  capable 
when  they  are  praised  and  valued  for 
the  good  things  they  do.  For  this 
reason,  social  skills,  gross  motor  skills, 
and  all  the  other  skills  have  to  be 
thought  about  in  connection  with 
children's  self-concept. 

"Do  the  other  children  like  me?" 
"Am  I  big  and  sti-ong?"  "Can  I  cHmb 
to  the  top  of  the  jungle  gym?"  "Is  my 
teacher  proud  of  me?"  Children  ask 
themselves  these  kinds  of  questions 
often.  Those  who  can  answer  "yes"  are 
likely  to  have  a  positive  self-concept — 
they  find  the  world  a  fiiendly  and 
delightful  place,  and  they  are  eager  to 
try  out  new  things.  Children  who 
answer  "no"  are  Ukely  to  have  a 
negative  self-concept — the  world  is  an 
unpleasant  place  where  new  experi- 
ences mean  new  failures.  Since  failing 
is  so  painful,  these  children  may  tend 
to  avoid  the  new  experiences,  because 
they  foresee  getting  hurt  by  them. 

Children  with  a  negative  self- 
concept  can  react  in  a  number  of 
ways.  They  seem  to  need  your  atten- 
tion very  often.  They  may  be  with- 
drawn and  quiet,  and  may  refuse  to 
play  with  other  children.  They  may  be 
frightened,  insecure,  timid.  They  may 
be  resentful  and  sullen.  They  may  cry 
a  lot.  They  may  misbehave,  disrupt 
activities,  or  annoy  or  try  to  hurt  other 
children. 


71 


72         Although  poor  self-concept  is  dam- 
aging to  aS  children,  it  is  a  special 
problem  for  children  with  mental 
retardation:  their  handicap  means  that 
they  can't  yet  do  some  things  that 
other  children  their  age  can  do.  Mildly 
and  moderately  retarded  children,  in 
particular,  are  very  well  aware  that  in 
some  ways  they  don't  "measure  up"  to 
the  other  children.  This  is  why 
children  who  are  retarded  are  very 
much  in  need  of  successes.  With 
successful  experiences,  these  children 
will  feel  better  about  themselves. 


"I  made  this  all  by  myself!' 


Here  are  some  steps  you  can  take 
to  help  children  develop  a  better  self- 
concept: 

•  Structure  activities  so  that 
the  child  feels  successful. 
Break  them  down  into  as 
many  small  steps  as  needed 
for  success. 

•  Praise  progress,  no  matter 
how^  small. 

•  Try  to  be  positive  about 
failures.  "You  tried  very 
hard.  With  such  good  prac- 
tice, I'm  siu*e  you'll  learn 
how^  to  do  that  soon." 

•  Be  patient  Avhen  it  is  neces- 
sary to  show  a  child  how^  to 
do  something  many  times. 

•  Be  tender,  accepting,  and 
loving. 

•  Don't  talk  about  a  child's 
problems  in  front  of  him  or 
her. 

•  Concentrate  on  a  child's 
strengths,  not  w^eaknesses. 
Use  those  strengths  to  the 
child's  best  advantage. 

•  Fit  the  activity  to  the  child, 
so  that  it  is  challenging  but 
not  overwhelming. 

•  Be  consistent  about  what 
you  are  expecting  from  a 
child. 

•  Make  the  child  responsible 
for  a  part  of  the  classroom 
routine,  and  praise  his  or 
her  reliability. 

•  Never  allow  other  children 
to  make  fun  of  a  child. 

•  Include  each  child  as  fully 
as  possible  in  all  activities. 
Isolation  hurts. 

•  Give  each  child  the  oppor- 
tunity to  show^  off  a  little, 
such  as  displaying  draw- 
ings. When  a  child  is  proud 
of  something,  show^  it  to 
others. 


Tips 
to  Keep 
in  Mind 

1.  Make  It  Simple 

When  you  are  explaining  some- 
thing, keep  your  directions  simple.  Use 
only  a  few  words.  Speak  slowly  and 
clearly. 

Show  the  child  how  to  do  the 
particular  task.  Physically  move  the 
child  through  the  task  so  that  he  or 
she  begins  to  "feel"  what  to  do.  For 
example,  if  you  are  teaching  John  how 
to  jump,  lift  him  off  the  ground  with 
you  as  you  jump,  to  show  him  how  it 
feels. 

Stand  or  sit  close  to  the  child 
during  the  task  so  you  can  help  when 
needed.  (But  only  when  needed!) 

Reduce  clutter  and  noise.  Use 
materials  that  are  clear  and  plain, 
with  bold  lines.  Avoid  materials  that 
have  confusing  backgrounds  or  crowd- 
ed pages. 

2.  Make  It  Short 

Some  of  the  retarded  children  you 
work  with  will  be  very  active.  Some 
may  get  easily  distracted.  It  will  be 
hard  for  them  to  sit  and  listen.  When 
a  child  doesn't  pay  attention,  make 
sure  that  the  activity  isn't  too  hard. 
Most  of  us  quit  trying  when  we  don't 
understand  what  to  do.  Some  children 
also  have  problems  when  the  activity 
is  long,  even  when  it  is  simple.  Know 
when  a  child  has  had  enough. 


3.  Keep  It  Organized 

Help  the  children  organize  their 
world  by  providing  structure  for  them. 
Plan  each  day  so  that  it  is  balanced 
between  quiet  times  and  active  times. 
Discuss  the  routine  with  the  children. 
As  you  finish  each  activity,  explain 
what  comes  next.  You  might  even  post 
a  picture  schedule  to  show  the  order 
and  kinds  of  activities.  Follow  the 
same  routine  each  day,  so  the  children 
can  anticipate  the  next  activity. 

Give  clear  directions,  but  only  one 
at  a  time.  Show  the  child  how  to  do 
what  you  are  describing. 

Don't  change  activities  abruptly. 
Let  the  children  know  that  it  will  be 
time  to  stop  "when  the  bell  rings," 
"when  the  lights  go  off  and  on,"  or 
"when  you  hear  music."  This  allows 
the  children  to  get  ready  for  the  shift, 
and  can  help  prevent  tears  and 
tantrums. 

4.  Teach  It 

Non-handicapped  children  often 
seem  to  learn  without  being  taught. 
They  pick  up  on  lots  of  things  that 
they  see  around  them  and  soon 
recognize  and  know  them:  colors,  cars, 
rhymes,  and  numbers.  But  children 
who  are  retarded  often  have  to  be 
taught  things  that  other  children  learn 
on  their  own.  With  retarded  children,  it 
helps  to  use  more  demonstrations  than 
words.  Don't  just  tell  them  how  to  do 
something;  show  them  how. 

Give  the  children  lots  of  practice. 
Repeat  the  same  activity  in  the 
classroom  and  on  the  playgroimd. 
Each  time  you  do  an  activity,  help  the 
children  remember  when  they  did  it 
before. 

Point  things  out  and  describe 
them.  For  example,  "Look  at  the  big, 
soft  pillow."  "Miyeko's  coat  is  blue. 
Kevin's  coat  is  brown." 

Teach  in  small  steps  and  don't  go 
too  fast.  But  expect  a  little  more  from 
the  children  each  day.  Remind  them  of 
their  successes  and  encourage  them  to 
try  their  best. 


73 


74 


Task  Analysis 

Task  analysis  is  a  teaching  tech- 
nique you  may  already  know  about.  It 
works  particularly  well  with  children 
who  are  mentally  retarded.  The  tech- 
nique calls  for  breaking  a  task  (activ- 
ity) down  into  small  sequential  steps 
and  teaching  each  step  until  the  child 
can  do  the  whole  thing.  For  example, 
if  Mara  is  having  trouble  learning  to 
put  her  T-shirt  on,  her  teacher  can 
break  the  task  down  into  the  following 
smaller  steps: 


Lay  the  shirt  flat  on  a  table  with 
the  back  up  and  the  bottom 
toward  the  child. 


Put  both  arms  inside  the  shirt. 


Move  both  arms  along  the  sides  Lift  the  shirt  up  so  the  neck 
of  the  shirt  to  the  armholes.  hole  is  on  top  of  the  head. 


Pull  the  neck  hole  down  over 
the  head. 


Pull  the  bottom  of  the  shirt 
down  from  the  armpits  to  the 
chest. 


Pull  the  bottom  of  the  shirt 
down  from  the  chest  to  the 
waist. 


When  you  consider  how  many 
motions  it  takes  to  put  on  a  shirt,  it's 
no  wonder  that  some  children  find  it  a 
complicated  task.  Going  through  this 
type  of  analysis  can  help  you  be 
patient  with  a  child,  who  knows 
perfectly  well  when  a  task  is  compli- 
cated! 

Often  the  easiest  way  to  teach  most 
skills,  including  self-help  skills,  is  to 
teach  the  last  step  first.  The  name  of 
this  technique  is  backw^ard  chain- 
ing. The  satisfaction  in  doing  some- 
thing, either  putting  on  a  shirt  or 
completing  a  puzzle,  is  greatest  as  the 
last  step  is  finished.  Backward  chain- 
ing not  only  makes  it  more  likely  that 
children  will  succeed  at  doing  some- 
thing, it  also  lets  them  see  the  result  of 
their  effort  immediately,  and  be 
pleased  at  their  accomplishment.  On 
the  other  hand,  if  you  teach  children 
how  to  put  on  a  shirt,  for  example,  by 
starting  with  the  first  step,  they  will 
have  a  long  wait  before  the  final 
successful  moment.  And  some  of  them 
might  not  have  the  patience  to  wait 
that  long  for  success. 

Mara's  teacher  taught  her  how  to 
put  on  her  shirt  using  backward 
chaining.  She  first  helped  her  get  her 
shirt  almost  all  the  way  on,  but  taught 
her  to  do  the  last  step  by  herself— to 

Eull  the  shirt  down  from  her  chest  to 
er  waist.  As  soon  as  she  could  do 
that,  she  congratulated  her  and  taught 
her  the  next-to-last  step — to  pull  it 
down  from  her  armpits  to  her  chest. 
Each  time  she  learned  a  step,  she 
congratulated  her  and  taught  her  the 
one  just  before.  This  way,  Mara  got 
lots  of  practice,  was  successful,  felt 
proud  of  herself,  and  learned  to  do 
more  each  day. 


Behavior 
Modification 


Behavior  modification  is  a  teaching 
technique  that  relies  on  an  old  prin- 
ciple: when  we  are  rewarded  for 
something  we  do,  we  are  more  likely  to 
do  it  again.  Psychologists  call  this 
positive  reinforcement. 

For  example,  if  you  tell  Sasha  that 
his  shirt  is  beautiful,  he  is  more  likely 
to  wear  it  again.  K  your  supervisor 
tells  you  that  you  work  well  with 
children  who  are  slow,  you  are  likely 
to  try  even  harder  and  to  be  willing  to 
work  with  others  who  are  difficult  to 
manage.  If,  however,  you  are  criticized 
for  the  way  you  managed  a  parent 
meeting,  you  are  less  likely  to  want  to 
manage  it  again. 

Rewarding  children  in  your  class- 
room for  effort  and  accomplishment 
keeps  them  working  and  learning, 
according  to  principles  of  behavior 
modification.  You  probably  reward 
children  in  your  classroom  often  and 
without  special  effort.  For  example, 
when  they  have  worked  very  hard, 
you  probably  praise  their  efforts,  smile, 
or  give  them  a  friendly  pat.  But  what 
is  rewarding  and  motivating  for  one 
child  may  not  be  rewarding  and 
motivating  for  another.  For  some 
children,  you  may  need  to  make  a 
special  effort  to  figure  out  what  is 
most  motivating  to  them.  To  do  this, 
you  have  to  get  to  know  the  individual 
child,  and  consider  what  you  do  that 
makes  that  child  work  harder  and 
behave  in  desirable  ways.  Sometimes 
rewarding  children  for  effort  or  ac- 
complishment by  allowing  them  to 
listen  to  a  favorite  record,  giving  them 
extra  time  to  play  with  a  favorite  toy, 
or  giving  them  the  privilege  of  feeding 
the  fish  or  watering  the  plants  motiv- 
ates them. 


75 


76         To  motivate  children,  the  reward 
must  be  something  they  want  and 
must  be  given  right  after  they  make 
an  effort  or  accomplish  a  task.  While 
you  want  to  give  children  time  to 
practice  what  they  have  learned,  you 
want  to  be  sure  that  you  encourage 
them  to  learn  more.  And  to  learn 
more,  children  need  to  do  a  little  bit 
more  or  a  little  bit  better. 

On  the  other  hand,  when  we  are 
punished  for  something  we  do,  such  as 
being  criticized  for  managing  a  parent 
meeting,  the  impleasantness  tends  to 
make  us  want  to  stop  doing  it. 
Punishment,  however,  can  have  the 
opposite  effect  from  what  you  intend. 
TTbe  attention  from  being  scolded,  for 
example,  is  a  kind  of  positive  reinforce- 
ment for  children  who  don't  get 
enough  attention.  They  are  therefore 
encouraged  to  repeat  the  undesirable 
behavior,  not  to  stop  it.  This  is  why 
simply  ignoring  vmdesirable  behavior 
sometimes  works  better  than  punish- 
ing children  for  it.  When  they  are  no 
longer  rewarded  with  the  attention  of 
a  teacher  who  is  scolding  or  criticizing 
them,  they  are  less  likely  to  continue 
the  problem  behavior. 

Although  punishment  is  not  useful 
for  changing  most  kinds  of  undesir- 
able behavior,  there  are  times  when 
you  have  to  stop  a  child,  with  a  firm 
"no"  or  a  gentle  scolding,  to  protect  the 
safety  of  the  child  or  another  child. 
You  obviously  have  to  stop  a  child 
right  away  from  nmning  out  into  a 
heavily  traveled  street  or  from  hitting 
another  child. 

You  will  find  that  one  good  way  to 
prevent  dangerous  or  undesirable  be- 
havior is  to  teach  children  appropriate 
behavior  instead.  Of  course,  physical 
punishment  in  any  form  does  not 
belong  in  a  preschool  classroom. 


Handling 

Transition 

Times 


The  hardest  times  for  many 
teachers  and  children  are  the  transi- 
tion times — the  times  between  activi- 
ties. For  children  with  mental  retar- 
dation, these  unstructured  times  can 
be  disastrous.  Without  careful  manage- 
ment, the  time  can  become  confusing 
for  a  child,  sometimes  resulting  in 
misbehavior. 

When  the  children  must  all  move 
from  one  area  of  the  room  to  another, 
it  helps  to  divide  them  into  smaller 
groups.  This  cuts  down  on  the  milling 
aroimd  and  sets  a  smoother  tone  for 
the  next  activity. 

To  prepare  children  for  a  change  in 
activity,  teU  them  a  few  minutes  ahead 
of  time  that  they  will  have  to  stop 
when  the  bell  rings,  when  they  hear 
music,  or  when  the  lights  go  off  and 
on.  TTiis  winding-down  time  is 
especially  important  for  many  mental- 
ly retarded  children.  Eric,  a  moderately 
retarded  child,  couldn't  cope  with 
sudden  changes.  If  he  was  told  to  stop 
immediately,  with  no  warning,  he 
would  throw  himself  onto  the  floor  and 
bang  his  head.  But  when  he  was  told 
a  few  minutes  in  advance  that  it  was 
almost  time  to  stop,  he  was  able  to 
shift  gears  and  stop  even  his  favorite 
activities  without  a  tantrum. 


Helping 
with 

Language 
Problems 


Children  with  retardation  often 
have  problems  talking  and  under- 
standing speech.  K  there  were  twenty 
children  in  your  class  who  were  old 
enough  to  tie  their  shoes  but  didn't  yet 
know  how  to,  you  would  do  more  than 
give  them  twenty  pairs  of  shoes  to  tie. 
You  would  teach  them  how  to  tie 
shoes.  In  the  same  way,  children  who 
have  not  yet  learned  the  speech  or 
language  skills  that  other  children 
have  learned  clearly  need  more  help 
than  just  hearing  people  talk.  If  that 
were  enough,  they  would  have  learned 
in  the  first  place.  The  next  few  pages 
contain  several  suggestions  for  helping 
retarded  children  to  communicate 
better. 

I 

1.     Be  a  Good  Listener 

'      It  is  difficult  to  practice  talking  if 
there  is  no  one  listening  to  you. 
Children  with  a  language  problem 
need  to  be  listened  to  and  rewarded  for 
trying  to  talk.  It  reaUy  helps  them 


when  they  realize  that  adults  will  stop 
and  Listen  seriously  to  what  they  are 
saying. 

Sometimes,  children  with  speech 
problems  are  hard  to  understand. 
Usually,  as  you  listen  to  them  more 
and  more,  you  begin  to  develop  an  ear 
for  what  they  are  saying.  Parents  can 
often  help  you  understand  their  chil- 
dren. You  might  ask  them  for  help. 

It  is  also  important  that  you  help 
the  other  children  in  the  class  under- 
stand what  a  retarded  child  is  saying. 
It  often  happens,  however,  that  the 
children  understand  the  child  better 
than  you  do  at  first! 


2.      Talk  About  What  You  Are  Doing 

Children's  earliest  speech  is  about 
the  present— what  is  happening  now. 
While  you  are  doing  things  with  the 
children,  talk  about  them.  For  example, 
if  you  were  helping  the  children  make 
pretzels,  you  might  make  comments 
such  as  these: 

"We  need  to  put  the  flour  in  the 
bowl.  Hamilton  is  pouring  it  in. 
Mary,  can  you  hold  the  bowl  for 
him  ?  Okay,  the  flour  is  all  in.  Who 
can  add  the  sugar?  Good,  ru)w  the 
sugar's  in.  Jennifer  is  putting  in 
the  salt. " 


11 


"Here  goes  the  egg. 
What  color  do  you 
see?" 


78    3.      Give  Directions  Simply 

Children  with  language  problems 
sometimes  don't  do  what  you  ask 
them  to  do  because  they  don't  under- 
stand what  you  want.  Help  them  learn 
to  follow  directions  by  taking  the 
following  steps: 

•  Get  their  attention. 

•  Talk  to  them  in  language  that  is 
appropriate  to  their  level  of  lan- 
guage development.  For  example, 
&  the  children  speak  in  two-  or 
three-word  sentences,  tell  them 
what  to  do  in  three-  or  four-word 
sentences. 

•  While  you  are  talking,  use  motions 
to  show  them  what  to  do.  If  they 
still  don't  understand,  take  them 
through  the  directions  step  by  step, 
using  your  hands  to  move  their 
bodies. 


4.     Use  What  the  Children 
Already  Know 

It  is  easiest  to  leam  something  new 
if  it  is  paired  with  something  farrdliar 
when  you  teach  it.  For  example,  if  a 
child  uses  single  words  and  you  want 
him  or  her  to  begin  to  use  two  words 
together,  put  together  two  single  words 
the  child  already  knows  to  make  a 
two-word  phrase. 

Sylvia  has  never  used  more  than 
one  word  at  a  time.  She  knows  the 
words  "more"  and  "juice."  Each  day  at 
snack  time  you  might  ask,  "Sylvia,  do 
you  want  more  juice?"  One  day  she 
may  reply,  "More  juice."  Then  you  can 
say,  "Gk)od!  You  want  more  juice." 
Sylvia  has  spoken  her  first  two-word 
phrase. 


5.     Repeating  Words  Correctly 

Repeating  what  children  say  with  a 
correction  is  called  "modeling."  It 
allows  children  to  hear  the  right  way 
of  saying  something  without  making  a 
big  deal  about  their  mistakes.  If 
Leon  says,  "I  want  more  duce,"  you 
can  reply,  "Yes,  you  want  more;ufce." 


6.     Expand  on  What  Children  Say 

Expansion  is  like  modeling,  be- 
cause it  also  involves  repeating  what  a 
child  has  said.  But  instead  of  just 
saying  what  the  children  have  said, 
you  add  something  more — you  "ex- 
pand" the  phrase.  This  not  only  shows 
them  that  you  understand  what  they 
have  said,  it  also  suggests  new 
information  they  might  add.  When 
Paul  says,  "Susie  is  hiding,"  you 
might  say,  "Yes,  Susie  is  hidmg 
behind  the  blocks." 


7.      Get  the  Children  Talking 

Many  retarded  children  with  lang- 
uage and  speech  problems  don't  talk 
unless  they  are  encouraged  to  do  so.  It 
is  sometimes  hard  to  t£ilk  very  much 
to  children  who  don't  answer  very 
much.  But  in  order  to  speed  up  their 
speech  and  language  development,  it  is 
important  to  get  these  children  talking, 
to  keep  them  talking,  and  to  listen  to 
them.  The  following  suggestions  may 
help  these  children  talk  more. 

•  Talk  to  the  children  while  they  are 
doing  something.  They  are  more 
likely  to  talk  at  these  times, 
because  they  are  less  self-con- 
scious. 

•  Encourage  the  children  to  bring  in 
special  things  from  home,  and  give 
them  time  to  share  them  with  the 
rest  of  the  class. 

•  Encourage  the  children  to  talk 
about  how  they  feel.  Being  able  to 
tell  a  friend  that  you  are  angry 
may  cut  down  on  the  need  to  hit 
your  friend.  Jn  the  same  way, 
being  able  to  say  "I  like  you"  has 
its  special  rewards. 


Let  the  children  do  as  many 
different  things  in  the  classroom 
as  possible.  It  gives  them  more  to 
talk  about. 

Teach  the  children  how  to  give 
important  information,  such  as 
their  names  and  addresses.  They 
will  probably  have  to  learn  such 
information  bit  by  bit. 

Teach  the  children  a  short  rhyme 
or  song  they  can  perform  for 
others.  Being  able  to  put  on  a 
show  can  really  build  children's 
confidence  in  their  speaking  abil- 
ity. 

Include  activities  and  words  that 
are  meaningful  to  the  children. 
They  have  all  heard  the  word 
"milk"  but  they  may  never  have 
heard  of  "eggnog." 

Ask  the  children  open-ended  rather 
than  yes/no  questions.  "What  are 
you  going  to  buy  with  that 
nickel?"  is  better  than,  "Are  you 
going  to  buy  sugarless  gum  with 
that  nickel?" 

Listen  when  a  child  talks.  Few 
people  talk  for  very  long  if  no  one 
wants  to  listen  to  them. 


79 


"What  is  on  my 
hand?" 


80 


Activities 


Like  all  preschoolers,  children  who 
are  mentally  retarded  need  to  learn 
skills  in  the  following  areas: 

•  gross  motor 

•  fine  motor 

•  language  and  speech 

•  self-help 

•  social 

•  intellectual. 

This  section  describes  activities 
that  can  help  children  improve  their 
performance  in  all  areas  of  develop- 
ment. Each  description  involves  ways 
of  modifying  the  activity  or  tips  to 
keep  in  mind  so  that  mentally  retarded 
children  can  participate.  As  you  know, 
any  activity  can  be  used  to  teach 
many  kinds  of  skills.  Depending  on 
how  the  activity  is  done,  some  skills 
win  get  more  practice  than  others.  For 
example,  if  you  wish  to  use  a  puzzle 
activity  to  practice  fine  motor  coordi- 
nation, any  simple  puzzle  will  do.  But 
if  you  also  want  to  practice  the 
inteDectual  skill  of  learning  colors,  you 
v^  need  a  puzzle  with  different 
colored  pieces,  so  that  you  can  teU  the 
child,  "Now,  put  the  red  piece  in."  You 
can  use  the  activities  in  this  section  to 
provide  practice  in  many  other  sldlls 
than  the  ones  we  have  listed. 


"  "Pick 
"  "Stand  beside 


Playground 

Playground  activities  can  help 
children  improve  their: 

•  muscle  coordination 

•  body  awareness 

•  rhythm 

•  balance 

•  ability  to  follow  directions 

•  language  development 
("Step  on  the  circle." 
"Jump  off  the  step  " 

up  the  ball. " 
the  tree.") 

•  eye-hand  coordination 

•  socialization  with  other 
children. 

Preparation 

Playgrovmd  or  gym  time  should  be 
a  planned  part  of  every  day.  The 
equipment  that  you  need  for  the 
activity  should  be  ready  and  in  good 
shape  (such  as  balls,  hoops,  beanbags, 
parachute,  records).  Time  spent  on  the 
playground  should  aUow  for  free  play 
as  well  as  plaimed  games  and  activi- 
ties. The  activities  should  emphasize 
cooperative  play  whenever  possible. 

Conducting  the  Activity 

1.  Give  verbal  directions  and  show 
the  children  what  to  do. 

2.  Stay  close  to  children  with  retar- 
dation vmtil  you  are  sure  they 
understand. 

3.  Be  sure  you  have  planned  the 
transition  from  one  activity  to 
the  next. 


Tips 

Some  children  can  get  too  excited 
during  free  play.  If  this  happens, 
invite  the  child  to  play  with  you 
(catch,  kick  ball,  or  animal  walks).  If  a 
child  consistently  overreacts  during 
free  play,  you  might  consider  making 
up  a  plan  for  the  child  that  leaves  out 
free  play  for  a  while. 

Beanbags  are  easier  to  catch  than 
balls.  Provide  them  to  ensure  a  child's 
success  at  catching. 

Rather  than  have  the  children 
choose  sides  in  games,  divide  them  by 
the  colors  of  their  shirts,  or  by 
separating  them  into  two  equal  groups. 
It  hurts  not  to  be  chosen  for  a  team. 

End  every  activity  in  a  way  that 
makes  starting  the  next  one  easier.  For 
example,  end  a  race  by  having  aU 
children  sit  down  when  their  turn  is 
over. 

Be  sure  that  the  play  area  is  safe: 
fenced,  no  glass,  and  small  enough  to 
be  well  supervised. 


81 


Obstacle  Course 

An  obstacle  course  helps  children 
improve  their: 

•  muscle  coordination 

•  body  awareness 

•  balance 

•  socialization  with  other  children 

•  ability  to  follow  directions 

•  language  development  ("Go 
under  the  table,"  "Jump  over 
the  pillow,"  "Wiggle  through 
the  tire.") 

Preparation 

Set  up  a  simple  obstacle  course 
inside  the  classroom  or  on  the  play- 
ground. Chairs,  tables  with  blankets 
over  them,  rubber  tires,  and  cloth 
tunnels  can  be  put  together  to  make 
an  obstacle  course.  Make  the  first  one 
easy  so  that  everyone  can  do  it  alone 
or  v^th  little  help. 

Conducting  the  Activity 

1.  Show  the  children  how  to  go 
through  the  course  by  doing  it 
yourself,  as  much  as  you  can,  or 
by  having  a  child  demonstrate  it 
for  the  others. 

2.  As  the  children  go  through  the 
course,  describe  what  they  are 
doing.  ("Susan  is  going  imder 
the  chair,  through  the  tunnel, 
and  over  the  chair.") 

3.  Let  children  take  several  turns 
for  fun  and  practice. 

Tips 

Check  the  course  for  safety  to  make 
sure  that  a  tumble  wouldn't  hurt 
anyone. 

Make  sure  the  children  go  through 
it  one  at  a  time,  so  they  can  take  it  at 
their  own  pace. 


Activities 


82 


Simon  Says 

An  activity  like  "Simon  Says" 
helps  children  improve  their: 

•  ability  to  follow  directions 

•  ability  to  imitate 

•  muscle  coordination 

•  body  image 

•  balance. 


Preparation 

You  need  only  to  tell  the  children 
the  rules  of  the  game.  Stand  or  sit  in  a 
circle  with  the  children,  and  demon- 
strate the  directions  as  you  give  them. 


Conducting  the  Activity 

1.  Begin  the  game.  Use  "Simon 

says "  on  most  directions  at 

first. 

2.  Play  only  as  long  as  the  game  is 
still  fun. 


Tips 

Start  with  easy  directions,  and  go 
slowly. 

A  retarded  child  may  need  help. 
You  or  an  aide  might  physically  move 
the  child  through  the  motions  at  first. 


Puzzles 


Pvizzles  can  help  children  improve 
their: 

•  eye-hand  coordination 

•  sense  of  position  in  space 

•  depth  perception  (near/far). 


Preparation 

Choose  simple  three-piece  puzzles  of 
animals  or  objects  that  the  child  can 
recognize.  Find  a  quiet  spot  for  the 
child  to  work  on  the  puzzles,  with  just 
you  or  an  aide. 

Conducting  the  Activity 

1.  Show  the  child  the  puzzle. 

2.  Name  the  pieces,  as  you  point  to 
them  ("the  red  one,"  "the  long 
one,"  "the  rovmd  one"). 

3.  Show  the  child  how  to  fit  a  piece 
in. 

4.  Give  the  child  that  piece  and  tell 
him  or  her  to  "put  it  in." 

5.  If  the  child  can't  do  it,  put  your 
hand  over  his  or  her  hand  and 
put  the  piece  in. 

6.  Keep  helping  the  child,  gradually 
letting  hun  or  her  do  more 
without  help. 


Tips 

Introduce  puzzles  to  a  child  with 
retardation  one  at  a  time.  It  is  best  not 
to  start  a  new  pvLzzle  imtil  the  child 
has  mastered  the  last  one. 

Don't  be  surprised  if  the  child 
would  rather  twist,  mouth,  or  feel  the 
puzzle's  pieces  and  holes  than  fit  the 
pieces  in. 


Field  Trips 

Field  trips  can  help  children  im- 
prove their: 

•  language  development  (in- 
creasing vocabulary) 

•  fine  motor  skills  (handling 
objects) 

•  gross  motor  skills  (walking) 

•  intellectual  skills  (receiving 
information,  association, 
memory) 

•  social  skills  (meeting 
people,  socializing  with 
other  children). 


Preparation 

Before  any  field  trip,  plan  how  you 
wall  provide  the  extra  supervision  that 
is  needed  for  a  child  with  retardation. 
Cjet  volunteers  and  notify  the  place 
that  you  are  coming.  Prepare  all  the 
children  for  the  trip  by  teUing  them 
about  it  several  days  ahead  of  time. 

Conducting  the  Activity 

1.  Allow  plenty  of  time  to  get 
everyone  ready,  so  that  no  one 
feels  rushed. 

2.  Put  a  name  tag  on  each  child 
and  assign  adults  to  specific 
children.  Be  sure  that  each  retar- 
ded child  has  one  adult  to  hold 

I       onto. 


3.  Point  things  out  to  a  retarded 
child.  Re-explain  things  simply. 

1      Whenever  possible,  show  him  or 
I      her  how  things  work  instead  of 
just  talking  about  it. 

4.  Review  the  trip  when  you  return: 
what  the  children  did  and  what 

t      they  saw. 


Tips 

Choose  places  or  trips  that  have 
meaning  for  young  children,  such  as 
the  neighborhood  store,  the  big  kids' 
school,  or  a  ride  on  a  bus.  It's 
important  that  the  trip  be  short. 
Yoimg  children  tire  easily  and  can 
become  cranky  without  enough  rest. 

Explain  what  happens  at  the 
places  you  visit:  what  the  people  there 
are  doing,  and  why. 

Some  typical  field  trips  can  be  too 
exciting  for  very  active  children  with 
retardation,  such  as  going  to  a  circus, 
a  basketball  game,  or  the  zoo.  Think 
twice  about  the  value  of  the  trip. 

If  a  child  usually  takes  medicine  at 
a  time  when  you  wiU  aU  be  out  of  the 
building,  be  sure  to  bring  the  medicine 
along. 

Consider  asking  a  retarded  child's 
parent  to  come  with  you  as  a  helper. 


83 


Activities 


84 


Naming  Objects 
and  Pictures 


This  type  of  activity  helps  children 
improve  their  ability  to: 

•  associate  words  with 
pictures 

•  progress  from  the  concrete 
(objects)  to  the  abstract 
(pictures) 

•  socialize  vAth  adult(s). 


Preparation 

This  activity  can  be  played  like  an 
organized  game  or  done  at  any  time 
during  the  day.  All  you  need  are 
pictures  of  some  of  the  common  objects 
in  the  classroom  (chair,  table,  clock, 
doU,  block). 


Conducting  the  Activity 

1.  Ask  a  child  to  point  to  objects  in 
the  room  that  you  name.  "Show 
me  the  chair."  "Show  me  the 
clock." 

2.  When  the  child  can  do  that,  have 
the  child  point  to  pictures  of  the 
same  objects. 

3.  When  the  child  can  point  to 
pictures,  ask  him  or  her  to  name 
objects  in  the  classroom.  "What 
is  this?" 

4.  When  the  child  can  name  the 
objects,  have  him  or  her  name, 
pictures  of  the  same  objects. 


Tips 

Try  to  keep  this  activity  as  much 
like  a  game  as  possible.  It's  most 
important  not  to  turn  the  child  off  to 
language.  If  it  looks  like  the  fun  is 
wearing  thin,  that's  enough  for  this 
time. 


Help  the  child  pronounce  the 
words.  Praise  the  child  for  every 
attempt  to  say  words — effort  deserves 
praise. 


Dressing 


Dressing  activities  help  children 
improve  their: 

•  independent  dressing  skills 

•  concept  development  (up/ 
down,  backwards/ front- 
wards) 

•  fine  motor  coordination. 


Preparation 

Some  dresing  and  undressing  activ- 
ities happen  every  day  in  Head  Start 
classrooms:  for  example,  taking  off 
and  putting  on  sweaters,  boots,  gloves, 
and  smocks.  Children  may  need  more 
help  and  practice  with  some  lands  of 
clothes  than  with  others.  Start  with 
outerwear,  such  as  jackets  and  coats. 
Set  aside  a  time  each  day  to  work  on 
dressing  and  undressing  skills. 


Conducting  the  Activity 

1.  Break  the  task  down  into  small 
parts,  teaching  one  step  at  a 
time.  (See  the  description  of  task 
analysis,  earlier  in  this  section, 
for  a  specific  example  of  how  to 
do  this.) 

2.  Praise  each  effort  and  each 
accomplishment. 


Tips 

Don't  try  working  on  dressing 
skills  imtil  the  child  is  ready  and 
willing. 

Start  with  simple,  loose-fitting 
clothes. 

Don't  rush.  Take  time  to  demon- 
strate each  step  to  the  children,  and 
give  them  plenty  of  time  to  attempt  it 
on  their  own.  It  helps  to  practice 
dressing  skills  with  some  children 
each  day. 


Rest 


As  we  all  know,  rest  is  also  an 
important  "activity."  It  is  especially 
important  for  young  children.  Some 
children  with  retardation  need  more 
rest  than  non-handicapped  children. 
Rest  gives  them  and  other  children  a 
chance  to  relax  and  be  calm,  even  if 
they  don't  fall  asleep. 


Preparation 

Make  rest  a  regular  part  of  the  day 
that  children  can  anticipate.  Have  a 
cot  or  pad  available  for  each  child,  and 
figure  out  a  routine  for  getting  them 
out  and  putting  them  away. 


Conducting  the  Activity 

1.  Have  children  get  out  the  rugs, 
mats,  or  cots,  following  the 
established  routine. 

2.  Help  the  children  to  relax  by 

Slaying  soft  music,  dimming  the 
ghts,  tellng  a  quiet  story. 

3.  Find  a  gentle  way  to  end  the  rest 
period  and  put  away  the  rugs, 
cots,  or  mats. 


Tips 

Don't  expect  all  children  to  nap. 
Allow  for  quiet  movement  and  quiet 
activity. 

Don't  expect  children  to  rest  right 
after  a  noisy  activity.  Help  to  quiet 
and  relax  them  before  rest  time. 
Everyone  needs  some  calming  down 
time. 


85 


Activities 


86 


Story  Reading 

Reading  stories  to  children  can 
help  them  improve  their: 

•  ability  to  pay  attention 

•  listening  skills 

•  vocabulary  development 
(naming  pictures) 

•  language  development  (im- 
derstanding  spoken  words) 

•  sequencing  (retelling  the 
story) 

•  socialization  wdth  class- 
mates 

•  ability  to  connect  written 
words  with  spoken  words. 


Preparation 

Plan  ahead  of  time  which  book  to 
read.  Try  to  find  one  that  ties  in  with 
something  else  the  children  have  been 
doing  or  are  going  to  do  that  day.  For 
example,  if  someone  is  bringing  a  pet 
turtle  to  school,  you  may  want  to  read 
Dr.  Seuss's  Yertle  the  Turtle.  Big, 
bright,  colorful  pictures,  pop-up  illus- 
trations, and  touchable  books  help 
mentally  retarded  children  stay  inter- 
ested and  timed  in. 

Prepare  the  children  for  a  quiet 
activity  by  talking  softly,  playing 
restful  music,  suggesting  they  think 
about  quiet  things  (such  as  a  leaf  or  a 
snowflake  falling  to  the  ground),  or 
perhaps  giving  them  back  rubs. 


Conducting  the  Activity 

1.   Let  the  children  get  comfortable 
on  mats,  piQows,  or  rugs,  in  a 
place  where  each  can  see  the 
book  and  pictures.  Make  sure, 
though,  that  they  aren't  so 
crowded  together  that  they 
bother  each  other  without  mean- 
ing to. 


2.  Before  you  begin  to  read,  teU  the 
children  a  little  about  the  story 
and  what  to  watch  and  listen  for. 

3.  Read  the  story  using  different 
voices  for  different  characters. 
Vary  the  loudness  and  softness 
of  your  voice.  Change  the  speed 
a  little,  but  don't  read  so  fast 
that  children  can't  foUow. 

4.  Show  the  pictures  as  you  go 
along,  giving  children  time  to 
look,  touch,  and  feel  the  illustra- 
tions. 

5.  Encourage  the  children  to  com- 
ment on  the  story  and  to  reteU 
parts  of  it. 

6.  Tie  the  story  back  to  the  class- 
room activities.  "We  have  a 
turtle,  too." 

7.  If  some  children  find  the  stories 
too  hard  to  understand,  choose 
simpler  ones  to  read  to  them,  in 
a  small  group  or  individually. 


Tips 

People  listen  in  all  kinds  of  posi- 
tions. It's  okay  if  the  chQd  wants  to 
lean  on  you,  lie  down,  or  listen  from 
vmder  the  table. 

If  the  child  wanders  away,  don't 
make  a  big  deal  about  it.  You  may 
want  to  draw  the  child  back  by  asking 
him  or  her  to  point  to  something.  Or 
you  can  have  the  child  help  you  turn 
pages.  Or  you  can  wait  until  the  next 
story. 

Use  short  stories.  Children  especial- 
ly like  rhyming  words  and  nonsense 
sounds  in  rhythm. 

Sometimes  children  with  retar- 
dation win  tear  a  book  out  of  excite- 
ment or  because  they  don't  know  what 
books  are  for.  Show  them  how  to 
handle  books,  stay  with  them  as  they 
learn,  and  provide  books  with  cloth  or 
plastic  pages  to  practice  with. 


Snack 


Snack  time  can  be  an  opportunity 
for  children  to  improve  their  ability  to: 

•  eat  independently 

•  socialize  with  classmates 

•  speak  (ask  for  what  they 
w^ant,  name  foods) 

•  grasp  and  coordinate  eye- 
hand  movement 

•  understand  concepts  (nmn- 
ber  of  crackers,  size  of  cup). 

Preparation 

Have  the  snack,  plates,  cups,  nap- 
kins, and  anything  else  you  need  clean 
and  ready. 

Conducting  the  Activity 

1.  Let  the  children  take  turns  set- 
ting the  table,  passing  the  snack, 
and  cleaning  up.  Show  a  retar- 
ded child  how  to  do  each  task 
and  give  help  when  needed. 

2.  Establish  a  routine  for  getting  to 
1      the  table  and  being  served. 

3.  Use  snack  time  as  a  social  time 
to  share,  talk,  and  take  turns. 


4.  Use  snack  time  as  a  self-feeding 
teaching  time  for  ret£trded  chil- 
dren who  are  just  learning  to  eat 
independently. 

5.  Use  a  routine  for  clean-up. 

Tips 

Have  snack  at  the  same  time  every 
day,  so  that  the  children  can  antici- 
pate it. 

To  help  a  retarded  child  learn  to  set 
the  table,  put  down  placemats  that  are 
marked  with  the  table  setting: 


Set  the  rules  about  "seconds"  ahead 
of  time. 

To  avoid  spills  and  crashes,  show 
each  child  how  to  pour  into  cups  and 
pick  up  plates. 

Be  prepared  for  some  mistakes 
while  the  children  learn.  Have  a 
sponge  or  paper  towels  handy  to  clean 
up  spills. 


87 


Activities 


88 


Stencils 

Stencil  activities  can  help  children 
improve  their: 

•  eye-hand  coordination 

•  sense  of  direction  (left/right, 
up/down) 

•  understanding  of  concepts 
(shapes,  angles,  curves). 


Preparation 

If  the  children  can't  imitate  lines, 
circles,  and  other  shapes  on  their  own, 
stencils  can  help  them  learn  to 
recognize  such  shapes  and  the  motions 
involved  in  making  them. 

Use  plastic  stencUs  or  make  sten- 
cils out  of  heavy  cardboard.  You  may 
want  a  stencil  for  a  vertical  line, 
horizontal  Une,  circle,  square,  and 
triangle.  Have  ready  paper,  a  crayon 
or  felt-tip  pen,  and  tape. 


Conducting  the  Activity 

1.  Tape  the  stencil  to  the  paper  at 
one  edge,  so  it  won't  sUp. 

2.  Show  the  child  how  to  mark 
inside  the  stencil. 

3.  Guide  the  child's  hand  initially, 
until  he  or  she  can  manage 
independently. 

4.  Be  sure  to  pick  up  the  stencil  to 
show  the  child  what  he  or  she 
has  made. 


Tips 

Check  to  make  sure  that  the  child 
is  ready  for  this  kind  of  activity:  are 
the  child's  hands  steady  enough? 


Hidden 
Object 

An  activity  such  as  the  old  sheU- 
and-pea  game  lets  children  work  on: 

•  concept  formation  (object 
permanence:  things  con- 
tinue to  exist  even  though 
you  can't  see  them) 

•  receptive  language  (under- 
standing directions) 

•  eye-hEind  coordination 

•  socialization  with  an  adult. 


Preparation 

Find  a  small  object  that  the  child  is 
especially  fond  of  Have  two  or  three 
cloth  diapers,  towels,  or  similar  cover- 
ings ready. 

Conducting  the  Activity 

1.  In  a  quiet  comer,  show  the  object 
to  the  child.  Let  the  child  handle 
it. 

2.  Lay  the  pieces  of  cloth  in  front  of 
the  child  in  a  row. 

3.  Slip  the  object  under  each  of  the 
pieces  of  cloth  briefly,  then  leave 
it  under  one  of  them. 

4.  Ask  the  child  to  find  the  object. 

5.  Repeat. 

Tips 

Be  sure  the  child  likes  the  toy  well 
enough  to  search  for  it. 

Use  cloth  that  you  can't  see 
through. 

You  might  start  with  a  fairly 
large  toy  and  gradually  shift  to 
smaller  ones. 


"Can  you  find  the  car?' 


'Good  for  you!  You  found  it!" 


Music 


Music  activities  can  help  children 
improve  their: 

listening  skills 

ability  to  pay  attention 

sequence  and  sense  of  rhythm 

fine  motor  skills  (manipulat- 
ing musical  instruments) 

speech  development 

ability  to  socialize 

body  movement. 

Preparation 

Plan  activities  in  music  so  that 
they  relate  to  other  classroom  activi- 
ties. If  you  are  doing  a  unit  on 
animals,  community  helpers,  or  body 
parts,  find  songs  to  play  and  sing  that 
relate  to  these  topics.  Have  all  the 
equipment  that  you  need  (record 
player,  rhythm  instruments,  records) 
ready  and  working.  Plan  ways  for  a 
child  with  retardation  to  be  successful 
in  the  activity.  For  example,  the  child 
may  clap  along,  beat  a  drum,  or 
march  to  the  music. 

Conducting  the  Activity 

1.  Tell  the  children  what  the  activ- 
ity is.  Show  them  how  to  do  it. 

2.  Allow  some  time  for  the  children 
to  do  what  they  would  Like  to  do 
with  the  music:  march,  clap,  sing. 

3.  Relate  the  music  to  the  other 
classroom  activities. 

Tips 

Show  a  child  with  retardation  how 
to  use  a  rhythm  instrument.  Help  the 
child  make  the  instrument  work. 

Use  different  lands  of  music  to 
calm  down  or  pep  up  the  children,  or 
as  a  gentle  way  to  signal  a  change  in 
activities. 


89 


Activities 


90 


Sorting 


Sorting  activities  help  children 
work  on: 

•  concept  formation  (classifi- 
cation) 

•  receptive  language  (under- 
standing descriptions  of 
objects:  "Put  the  red  cars 
here  and  the  blue  cars 
there.") 

•  eye-hand  coordination 

•  socialization. 


Preparation 

Have  the  materials  to  be  sorted 
ready. 

Conducting  the  Activity 

1.  Explain  and  demonstrate  the 
activity. 

2.  Once  the  child  imderstands,  let 
him  or  her  take  several  turns. 

3.  Give  help  as  needed. 

4.  When  the  child  finishes,  check 
the  work.  Ask  the  child  to  teU 
you  what  he  or  she  did.  Praise 
efforts  and  successes. 


Tips 

Start  with  objects  that  differ  fi:om 
each  other  in  only  one  way.  For 
example,  you  might  have  ten  small 
trucks— five  blue  and  five  red.  When 
you  are  sure  that  the  child  knows  how 
to  sort  these,  you  can  make  the  game 
harder. 

Using  pictures  rather  than  objects 
is  one  way  to  make  the  activity 
harder.  Another  way  is  to  increa.se  the 
number  of  things  and  the  ways  in 
which  they  are  different.  For  example, 
put  all  of  the  small,  blue  circles 
together  and  all  of  the  large,  green 
circles  together. 

Having  the  children  sort  by  func- 
tional categories  makes  the  activity 
still  harder.  For  example,  put  all  of  the 
things  we  could  ride  in  together;  put 
all  of  things  we  codd  eat  together. 

Be  sure  the  objects  for  sorting  are 
interesting.  Make  sure  the  materials 
are  safe;  you  may  want  to  laminate 
many  of  them.  And  finally,  choose 
objects  that  are  easy  to  handle  and 
that  won't  bounce  or  roU  away  from 
the  child. 


Small-Group  Activities: 
Art,  Cooking,  Science 

Small-group  activities  such  as 
painting  murals,  baking  cookies,  or 
caring  for  classroom  pets  can  help 
children  improve  their: 

•  ability  to  cooperate 

•  ability  to  pay  attention 

•  ability  to  follow  directions 

•  language  £ind  speech  devel- 
opment 

•  socialization  with  other 
children 

•  concept  development 

•  eye-hand  coordination. 


Preparation 

Have  materials  and  equipment 
ready.  Be  prepared  to  give  extra  help 
to  retarded  children  or  to  modify  the 
activity  to  help  them  be  successful 
with  it. 


Conducting  the  Activity 

1 .  Demonstrate  the  activity. 

2.  Assist  any  child  who  is  having 
trouble. 

3.  Have  a  routine  for  cleaning  up 
and  putting  away. 


Tips 

Retarded  children  tend  to  learn  best 
when  they  are  taught  one  at  a  time  or 
in  small  groups.  Plan  as  many 
activities  as  you  can  for  small  groups. 

Be  prepared  to  stop  children  before 
they  do  too  much  and  ruin  what  is 
being  made. 

Make  siu-e  all  materials  are  non- 
toxic. After  all,  paint  and  paste  look 
good  enough  to  eat. 

Stand  nearby  to  prevent  grabbing, 
ripping,  and  so  forth. 


91 


92  Summary 

Below  is  a  chart  of  the  activities 
discussed  in  this  chapter.  It  is  de- 
signed to  help  you  identify  at  a  glance 
which  activities  are  especially  useful 
for  the  different  skill  areas  that 
children  with  retardation  need  practice 
in.  As  you  see,  every  activity  provides 
practice  in  at  least  two  skill  areas, 
which  means  that  the  child  will  be 
helped  in  several  ways  at  once.  ("Rest" 
is  not  included  on  the  chart— it's  good 
for  giving  children  energy  for  all  the 
other  activities!) 


You  can  determine  which  skill 
areas  to  work  on  from  your  owri 
observations  of  a  particiolar  child,  and 
from  your  discussions  with  handicap 
specialists.  Remember  that  these  activ- 
ities are  only  examples — you  know 
and  do  many  more  than  these.  No^y 
that  you  have  seen  how  these  activi- 
ties work  on  different  skiU  areas,  think 
about  the  skills  involved  in  other 
activities  you  do  in  school.  Water  play, 
blocks,  dress-up  comer,  puppet  play, 
and  coloring  all  involve  many  sldll 
areas. 


/    / 

Playground 

80 

• 

• 

• 

Obstacle  Course 

81 

• 

• 

Simon  Says 

82 

• 

• 

Puzzles 

82 

• 

Field  Trips 

83 

• 

• 

• 

Naming  Objects 
and  Pictures 

84 

• 

Dressing 

85 
86 

• 

• 

Story  Reading 

• 

Snack 

87 

• 

•              • 

• 

Stencils 

88 

- 

• 

Hidden  Object 

88 

• 

• 

Music 

89 

• 

• 

• 

Sorting 

90 

• 

• 

Art,  Cooking, 
Science 

91 

• 

• 

•      Skill  areas  the  activity  is  especially  good  for. 


Chapter  5: 


Parents 

and 

Teachers  as 

Partners 


Working  with 
parents  as  partners 
will  help  you,  the 
child,  and  the  parents. 


94         One  of  Head  Start's  unique 
achievements  has  been  the  in- 
voh)etnent  of  parents  in  the  educa- 
tion of  their  children.  Parents  are 
the  primary  educators  of  their 
children,  and  their  involvement  is 
the  cornerstone  of  a  successful 
Head  Start  program.  This  partner- 
ship is  even  more  important  in  the 
education  of  a  child  who  is  handi- 
capped, for  the  following  reasons: 

•  Parents  know  their  children's 
strengths  and  limitations  better 
than  anyone  else.  They  can 
help  a  teacher  understand  and 
plan  for  their  child. 

•  A  joint  family /teacher  effort  is 
essential  for  developing  the 
best  program  for  a  child  and 
for  ensuring  that  the  child  will 
benefit  as  much  as  possible 
from  the  Head  Start  experience. 

•  Head  Start  may  be  the  first 
preschool  experience  the  child 
and  parents  will  participate  in. 
Making  it  a  successful  ex- 
perience will  have  positive  ef- 
fects on  the  child's  school  years 
to  come. 


Parents  as  Decision-Makers 

Head  Start  has  always  considered 
parents  important  decision-makers  for 
their  child,  because  they  are  the  main 
influence  on  the  child's  development. 
They  need  to  reinforce  what  you  are 
teaching  in  preschool  if  maxinnun 
progress  is  to  be  made.  Changes  in  a 
child  that  come  about  through  your 
efforts,  the  efforts  of  specialists  who 
provide  services,  and  the  experience  of 
mainstreaming  affect  parents.  For  all 
these  reasons,  it  is  important  that  the 
parents  participate  directly  in  \yhat 
you  are  trying  to  accomplish  with  the 
child  in  the  program. 


Direct  parent  involvement  in  de- 
cisions affecting  their  child  is  es- 
sential. They  should  decide  with  you 
what  and  how  you  teach  their  child, 
and  what  efforts  they  wiQ  make  at 
home.  They  should  participate  in 
decisions  involving  formal  assessment 
and  diagnosis  of  their  child,  and 
selection  and  arrangements  for  any 
special  services  that  are  needed.  They 
should  be  a  part  of  any  decisions  that 
are  made  as  a  result  of  assessments  of 
their  child's  progress. 

One  of  the  major  areas  in  which 
parents  are  needed  as  decision-makers 
is  in  the  development  of  an  individual- 
ized education  plan  for  their  child. 
This  plan  is  a  written  statement 
developed  in  meetings  of  the  diagnos- 
tic team,  the  parents,  and  the  teacher. 
It  spells  out  the  educational  goals  for 
the  child,  the  activities  that  wiU  take 
place  in  the  classroom,  the  involve- 
ment of  parents,  the  special  services 
that  will  be  provided  by  other 
agencies,  and  details  of  the  evaluation 
procedure.  Parental  consent  is  required 
by  law  at  two  points:  to  give  permis- 
sion for  the  diagnostic  process  to  take 
place,  and  to  give  permission  to  put 
into  effect  the  individualized  education 
plan  that  has  been  developed  for  the 
child.  This  requirement  is  intended  to 
guarantee  that  parents  have  their 
rightful  say  in  the  education  of  their 
child. 

The  rest  of  this  chapter  discusses 
specific  ways  in  which  parents  can 
help  in  the  education  of  their  child, 
and  provides  guidelines  for  teachers  in 
worlong  with  the  parents  of  handi- 
capped children. 


A  teddy-hear  from  home 
helps  her  feel  secure  at  school. 


What 
Parents 
Can  Do 

Helping 
Your  Child 


As  parents,  you  are  the  first  and 
most  important  educators  of  your 
child.  You  can  help  in  your  child's 
education  in  a  number  of  ways,  both 
at  home  and  in  the  classroom.  You 
might  begin  by  taking  the  following 
steps: 


1. 


Get  to  know  your  child's  teacher. 
Give  him  or  her  a  realistic  idea 
of  how  much  you  can  do.  Take 
into  consideration  the  amount  of 
extra  time  you  can  afford  to 
spend  working  with  your  child, 
as  well  as  how  much  time  you 
would  like  to  spend.  Even  if  you 
have  a  fair  amount  of  free  time 
avaOable,  you  may  find  it  diffi- 
cult to  work  closely  with  your 
chOd  for  long  periods  of  time. 


2.  Recognize  that  you  have  a 
tremendous  influence  on  the 
growth  and  development  of  your 
child.  What  you  do  does  make  an 
enormous  difference.  Try  to  partici- 
pate in  your  child's  learning  as 
much  as  possible. 

3.  Seek  guidance  from  your  child's 
teacher  if  you  are  not  certain 
how  to  use  everyday  events  at 
home  as  learning  experiences  for 
your  child.  The  teacher  may  be 
able  to  suggest  specific  activities 
you  can  do  with  your  child  to 
help  him  or  her  build  necessary 
skiDs. 

4.  Bmld  on  Head  Start's  firm  com- 
mitment to  a  partnership  with 
parents.  You  aren't  alone  in  your 
efforts  to  help  your  child.  You 
now  have  pgotners  who  can  help 
promote  the  well-being  and  de- 
velopment of  your  child:  the 
teacher,  other  staff  members  in 
the  program,  and  agencies  and 
public  school  resources  in  the 
community. 

The  next  section  discusses  how  to 
prepare  your  child  for  the  Head  Start 
program,  some  things  you  may  find 
helpful  to  discuss  with  the  child's 
teacher,  and  how  to  use  everyday 
events  in  the  home  to  foster  your 
child's  development. 


95 


96  Preparing  Your  Child 

You  can  help  both  your  child  and 
the  program  staff  by  preparing  the 
child  for  the  Head  Start  program.  Just 
before  the  start  of  class,  bring  your 
child  to  the  Head  Start  center.  Intro- 
duce yourself  and  your  child  to  the 
teacher  and  other  staff  members. 
Encourage  your  cMld  to  explore  the 
classroom  and  to  play  with  some  of 
the  materials.  Try  to  make  sure  that 
your  child  has  a  good  time  diuing  this 
visit. 

Because  some  retarded  children 
function  like  much  younger  children, 
they  may  be  fidghtened  at  first  about 
leaving  home.  You  and  the  teacher 
may  want  to  discuss  whether  it  would 
be  helpful  to  your  child  if  you  remain 
in  the  classroom  during  the  first  few 
days.  At  some  point  your  child  will 
have  to  feel  comfortable  in  the  class- 
room without  your  being  there.  This 
takes  more  time  for  some  children 
than  for  others. 

A  little  bit  of  home  at  preschool 
and  a  little  bit  of  preschool  at  home  go 
a  long  way  toward  helping  children 
feel  comfortable  and  secure.  Perhaps 
at  home  you  can  hang  some  pictures 
of  the  classroom  or  the  teacher.  Or 
your  youngster  could  be  sent  to  class 
with  a  favorite  toy  or  familiar  object 
from  home,  to  increase  his  or  her 
feelings  of  seciuity. 

Try  to  have  your  child  arrive  in 
class  on  time.  Let  the  teacher  know  of 
important  events  at  home  that  might 
influence  the  child's  behavior  in  class. 
These  special  events  may  be  happy 
times  (such  as  birthdays,  a  family 
visitor,  or  a  trip),  or  unhappy  times 
(such  as  death,  illness,  or  disruption  in 
the  family  routine). 


Understanding 
Skill  Areas 

You  may  feel  that  you  need  help 
from  the  teacher  in  understanding  the 
skill  areas— such  as  language  skills, 
motor  sldlls,  social  sldlls,  self-help 
skills— that  your  child  has  serious 
weaknesses  in.  Don't  hesitate  to  ap- 
jroach  the  teacher  for  this  help,  or  for 
lelp  in  figuring  out  ways  to  use  daily 
lome  activities  to  help  bmld  on  the 
child's  strengths  and  work  on  the 
child's  problems. 

Try  to  talk  frequently  with  the 
teacher  in  terms  of  specific  skills. 
Exchange  suggestions.  If  yoiu-  child  is 
living  witii  both  parents,  both  of  you 
should  try  to  get  involved  in  confer- 
ences and  conversations.  Each  parent 
may  have  a  different  perspective. 

Ask  to  see  for  yourself  what  the 
teacher  does  and  how  he  or  she  does  it 
in  the  classroom.  You  might  even 
want  to  try  practicing  skills  with  yoiir 
child  in  the  classroom.  Sometimes  it  is 
better  for  you  to  work  with  a  child 
other  than  your  own.  But  in  either 
case  it  will  give  you  practice  and  an 
opportunity  to  exchange  ideas  with  the 
teacher. 

Describe  to  the  teacher  an  average 
day  at  home,  in  order  to  learn  how 
you  can  use  these  everyday  events  to 
work  on  the  skills  your  child  is  having 
problems  with. 


Additional  Effort 

All  young  children  learn  by  having 
different  experiences  and  by  trying 
things  out.  This  means  that  your  child 
needs  to  be  involved  as  much  as 
possible  in  daily  activities  at  home, 
just  like  other  children.  If  it's  good  for 
a  non-handicapped  child  to  help  feed 
the  dog,  then  it's  good  for  a  retarded 
child.  Any  activity  the  child  can  be 
involved  in  can  go  a  long  way  toward 
helping  him  or  her  build  self-confi- 
dence and  competence. 

You  win  probably  have  to  make 
some  additional  effort  to  help  your 
child  become  actively  involved  in  daily 
events.  Work  out  with  the  teacher 
what  you  can  realistically  do,  but 
recognize  that  extra  effort  is  necessary. 


Talking  about  the  pictures  helps  a  retarded 
child  to  learn. 


Home  Activities 

Activities  at  home  should  be  as 
enjoyable  as  possible  for  the  child  and 
for  the  family.  Don't  overburden  your- 
self or  your  child.  Ask  the  teacher  to 
suggest  things  that  can  easily  be  built 
into  the  daily  routine.  If  the  sugges- 
tions are  very  hard  to  carry  out,  they 
may  not  get  done. 

On  the  other  hand,  if  you  are 
willing  to  take  a  more  active  teaching 
role  at  home,  ask  for  extra  suggestions 
for  things  you  can  do.  Talk  with  the 
teacher  about  what  you  like  to  do  with 
your  child  and  about  what  the  child 
likes  to  do  at  home.  Those  activities 
can  all  be  learning  opportunities. 

If  you  would  like  some  specific 
activities  to  do  at  home  with  your 
child,  look  over  the  activities  in 
Chapter  4.  Remember,  however,  that 
you  need  not  be  a  formal  teacher  for 
your  child.  Often  the  best  way  to  help 
your  child  is  to  be  loving  and  helpful, 
and  to  use  the  daily  routine  as  a  way 
to  teach  the  child.  All  of  the  things 
that  you  do  at  home  can  be  used  to 
help  the  child  with  special  needs  learn 
more  about  the  world. 

1.    Using  the  Daily  Routine 

For  example,  you  can  describe 
what  you're  doing  when  you  turn  on 
the  lights,  set  the  table,  or  make  the 
bed.  You  can  point  out  and  name 
colors  in  the  house  and  outside.  You 
can  name  your  child's  pieces  of 
clothing.  You  can  give  the  child  simple 
chores,  like  putting  the  napkins  by 
each  plate,  passing  the  cookies,  putting 
clothes  in  the  laundry  basket.  Don't 
expect  the  job  to  be  done  perfectly  the 
first  time,  or  even  the  second.  With 
patience  and  affection  you  can  help 
your  child  improve. 

Be  consistent  in  what  you  ask  your 
child  to  do.  If  it  is  reasonable  to  expect 
a  child  to  hang  pajamas  on  a  hook  in 
the  morning,  then  you  should  expect 
the  child  to  do  this  every  morning. 


97 


98         Expensive  toys  or  materials  aren't 
needed  to  help  children  learn.  The 
kinds  of  things  that  are  in  all  homes — 
pots  and  pans,  socks,  spoons,  and 
magazine  pictures — are  all  good  teach- 
ing aids.  Pots  and  pans  can  be  used  as 
rhythm  instruments,  can  be  stacked  or 
nested,  or  can  be  sorted.  Socks  can  be 
matched  by  color,  coimted,  and  folded 
together.  Pictures  can  be  named,  or 
used  to  tell  stories. 

Most  handicapped  children  need 
more,  not  less,  stunulation  from  people 
aroimd  them.  A  good  and  simple  way 
to  achieve  this  is  for  you  and  other 
members  of  the  family  to  talk  to  the 
child  about  what  you're  doing  as  you 
do  it,  and  to  listen  to  and  encourage 
your  child  to  talk.  It  is  very  important 
to  talk  and  listen  to  a  retarded  child. 

Confusion  and  failure  can  result  if 
you  shower  the  child  with  too  many 
activities.  As  you  work  with  yoiu" 
child,  you  will  recognize  when  the 
child  has  had  enough.  You  can  help 
the  teachers  recognize  this  limit,  too. 


2.    Fostering  Independence 

Help  your  child  become  as  independ- 
ent as  possible.  It's  tempting  for  aU  of 
us  to  do  things  for  children  that  they 
could  do  on  theu*  own,  since  we  do 
them  faster  and  better.  But  it  is  very 
important  for  handicapped  children  to 
learn  to  do  as  much  as  they  can  by 
themselves.  Independence  helps  chil- 
dren feel  good  about  themselves  and 
improves  their  ability  to  get  along 
with  others. 

If  your  child  has  clumsy  or  unco- 
ordinated body  movements,  you  may 
worry  that  he  or  she  could  get  hurt  by 
aU  that  tripping  and  falling.  You  may 
even  feel  that  you  should  put  the  child 
in  a  playpen  or  crib  to  protect  him  or 
her  from  bumps  and  bruises.  Doing  so, 
however,  is  a  disservice  to  your  child, 
who  learns  best  about  the  world  by 
exploring  it  firsthand.  You  might  ask 
the  teacher  to  suggest  how  to  "child- 
proof your  home  so  that  exploration 
is  less  dangerous  for  a  child  who  isn't 
too  steady  on  his  or  her  feet. 


3.    Praise  and  Encouragement 

We  aU  benefit  from  honest  praise — 
children  as  well  as  adults.  Praise 
program  staff  honestly  for  their  efforts 
with  your  child,  and  ask  them  for 
feedback  on  your  work  with  the  child. 
Remember  also  to  praise  your  child's 
achievements.  For  some  children,  even 
small  tasks  can  take  a  lot  of  time  to 
master.  Every  achievement — from 
learning  to  sit  still  to  managing  to  eat 
independently — represents  real  prog- 
ress and  deserves  real  praise. 

Also,  praise  the  child  for  trying, 
even  if  failure  or  mistakes  result. 
Continued  effort  is  essential  for  chil- 
dren with  special  needs  who  have 
many  obstacles  to  overcome.  Repeated, 
steady  praise  will  help  a  child  to  keep 
on  trying. 

It  is  important,  however,  that  your 
praise  be  honest,  and  that  your  child 
has  done  something  to  earn  it.  Chil- 
dren with  retardation,  just  like  other 
children,  are  very  good  at  recognizing 
insincerity.  If  you  praise  your  child  at 
times  when  he  or  she  has  not  been 
trying  or  has  not  mastered  something, 
the  youngster  will  be  confused  and  will 
not  understand  what  your  expectations 
are. 

Ask  the  teacher  to  share  asses- 
ment  results  with  you  .  Everyone  invol- 
ved should  understand  how  the  child 
is  functioning  and  share  pleasure  in 
the  child's  progress. 


What 
Teachers 
Can  Do 

Guidelines  for 
a  Partnership 
with  Parents 


Parents  of  children  with  special 
needs  are  as  concerned  about  their 
children  as  any  other  parents,  if  not 
more  so.  One  difference  for  parents  of 
a  retarded  child  is  that  their  child  may 
not  be  as  predictable  as  other  children. 
This  lack  of  predictability  makes  the 
child  more  difficult  to  plan  for,  to 
teach,  and  to  live  with.  You  may  want 
to  keep  in  mind  the  suggestions  below 
as  you  work  with  parents. 


1.    Establish  and  Maintain  Contact 

Describe  the  Head  Start  program 
in  detail,  and  invite  the  parents  to 
observe  and  participate  in  the  class- 
room. Work  out  the  child's  educational 
goals  in  conference  with  them.  Review 
the  child's  short-  and  long-term  objec- 
tives with  them  at  least  every  three 
months,  or  whenever  needed. 


I      Although  at  least  two  home  visits  a 
year  are  required  in  Head  Start 
programs  for  aU  children,  you  may 
need  to  make  more  visits  if  a  child  is 
handicapped.  Maintain  contact  with 
the  parents  as  often  as  you  can.  Visits, 
phone  calls,  notes,  and  sending  chil- 
dren's projects  home  with  them  can 
help  parents  see  the  skills  their  child  is 
learning.  As  with  any  child,  don't 
contact  parents  only  when  there  is  a 
problem.  Ask  yourself,  as  often  as  you 
have  time,  "What  did  the  child  do 
today  or  this  week  that  shows  some 
progress  or  enjoyment?  How  can  I  find 
time  to  tell  the  parent,  along  with  every- 
thing else  I  have  to  do?" 


Some  teachers  and  parents  send  a 
notebook  back  and  fortn  each  day  or 
so.  Teachers  write  a  short  note  and 
send  it  home.  Parents  write  one  back 
for  the  child  to  take  to  preschool  the 
next  day. 


2.    Know  the  Family's  Limits 

Everyone  has  a  personal  limit  on 
how  much  he  or  she  can  do  for  a  chQd 
at  home  or  in  the  classroom.  Get  to 
know  families  well  enough  to  under- 
stand these  limits.  Make  sure  that  the 
suggestions  you  give  them  for  working 
with  their  cMld  can  easily  be  included 
into  their  daOy  routine.  For  example, 
ask  parents  to  talk  to  their  child  as 
they  help  him  or  her  dress,  to  name 
the  foods  the  child  is  eating,  and  to 
give  the  child  simple  things  to  do  (like 
putting  a  spoon  by  each  plate). 
Encourage  parents  to  visit  and  partici- 
pate in  your  classroom  as  much  as 
they  can. 


99 


100      3.    Focus  on  the  CMld's  Education 

Families  of  handicapped  children 
may  have  all  kinds  of  feelings  about 
having  a  handicapped  child.  Some 
may  feel  angry,  some  guilty,  and  some 
embarrassed.  Some  may  feel  that  they 
have  a  special  responsibility  to  protect 
their  child  from  aU  problems  and 
frustrations,  and  they  may  expect 
much  less  from  the  child  than  he  or 
she  is  reaUy  capable  of.  They  may 
need  the  help  of  a  psychologist,  a 
social  worker,  or  a  counselor  in 
learning  to  accept  and  deal  with  these 
feelings. 

While  you  can  be  supportive  and 
sympathetic,  you  haven't  been  trained 
to  be  a  social  worker  and  should  not 
try  to  take  that  role.  Suggest  to  these 
parents  that  they  talk  to  people  who 
can  help  them  work  through  their 
feelings,  if  you  feel  they  need  it.  Your 
main  role  is  to  be  the  teacher  of  the 
child.  You  should  concentrate  on  the 
child's  education  and  development. 


4.    Recognize  and  Deal  with  Your 
Feelings 

Be  aware  and  honest  with  yoiu*self 
about  yoiu'  own  feelings  toward  a 
handicapped  child  and  his  or  her 
family.  Negative  feelings,  such  as 
blame,  anger,  sorrow,  nervousness, 
and  fear,  are  imderstandable.  Getting 
to  know  the  child  and  the  family  helps 
to  reduce  some  of  these  negative 
feelings. 

Think  positively  about  children 
with  special  needs.  Focus  on  what 
they  can  do,  not  on  what  they  can't 
do.  Help  the  parents  see  their  child  .as 
someone  who  can  grow,  learn,  and 
improve,  no  matter  how  severely 
handicapped.  Most  of  us  feel  better 
about  ourselves  when  people  look  at 
our  strengths  rather  than  our  weak- 
nesses. 


5.    Be  Reassuring,  but  Be  Honest 

Parents  may  be  worried  and  upset 
when  their  child  is  about  to  be 
evaluated  for  the  first  time,  or  re- 
evaluated. At  such  a  time,  it  might  be 
tempting  for  you  to  tell  them  not  to 
worry,  and  to  teU  them  that  everything 
wUl  be  fine.  It  is  natural  for  you  to 
want  to  soothe  their  anxiety.  However, 
you  shouldn't  tell  them  these  things 
because  in  fact  you  don't  know  if 
things  really  will  be  fine.  A  false  sense 
of  confidence  can  be  hurtful.  Be 
reassuring,  be  calm,  be  imderstand- 
ing — but  be  truthful. 

Parents  may  ask  you  questions 
about  the  child's  problems  that  you 
can't  answer:  "What's  wrong  with  my 
child?"  "Will  my  child  learn  to  talk  or 
move  or  act  like  other  children  by  the 
end  of  the  year?"  Don't  be  afraid  to 
say  that  you  don't  know  the  answers, 
but  help  parents  find  someone  with 
whom  they  can  discuss  their  concerns. 
Your  social  services  personnel  should 
be  able  to  help  you  find  people  who 
can  answer  some  questions.  The 
answers  to  other  questions,  such  as 
"What  will  my  child  be  able  to  do 
when  he  grows  up?"  are  often  vmcer- 
tain  and  complicated.  Beware  of  people 
who  have  easy  answers. 

Some  parents  need  reassurance  and 
evidence  that  they  can  help  their  child. 
Help  tiiem  see  the  many  things  that 
they  already  do  that  help  their  chil- 
dren, and  tell  them  about  all  the 
things  they  are  doing  well. 


Concerns 
of  Parents 


Parents  of  Children 
with  Special  Needs 

Parents  of  handicapped  youngsters 
often  have  special  concerns.  In  gen- 
eral, it  is  wise  for  you  to  wait  until 
they  bring  up  these  problems,  rather 
than  to  suggest  what  the  problems 
might  be.  Otherwise,  you  could  be 
creating  a  problem  that  they  have 
never  felt. 

Reading  about  some  of  the  con- 
cerns that  parents  of  children  with 
handicaps  often  have  should  help  you 
understand  what  some  parents  mean 
when  they  hint  at  a  concern  without 
actually  saying  it. 


Enrollment  in  a  Mainstream 
Classroom 

Parents  may  worry  that  their  chOd 
will  not  fit  into  the  Head  Start 
program.  You  may  need  to  reassure 
the  family  that  you  want  the  child  in 
your  classroom,  and  that  you  believe 
the  child  will  enjoy  and  learn  from 
your  classroom.  Invite  the  parents  to 
watch  and  Hsten  to  what  is  going  on — 
let  them  see  for  themselves  how  their 
child  plays  with  and  works  with  the 
other  children  and  with  you.  Seeing  is 
believing. 


Acceptance  by  Other  Children 

Parents  are  sometimes  concerned 
that  their  child  will  not  be  liked  and 
accepted,  and  that  other  children  may 
be  cruel  and  tease  their  child.  You  can 
reassure  them  that  preschool-aged  chil- 
dren are  usually  too  young  to  notice 
handicapped  children  as  different 
unless  the  handicap  is  very  obvious. 
They  usually  can't  pick  out  a  retarded 
child  to  tease.  You  can  also  tell  them 
that  you  do  not  allow  teasing  or 
bullying  of  any  child  in  your  class- 
room, and  that  you  will  deal  with  it 
firmly  if  it  should  happen. 

Of  course,  some  children  just  don't 
get  along  well  with  others,  but  this  is 
not  a  problem  that  is  limited  to 
children  with  special  needs.  It  is  not  a 
reason  for  a  child  to  avoid  the 
classroom,  any  more  than  it  is  a 
reason  for  a  child  to  avoid  the  rest  of 
the  world.  You  can  teU  parents  that 
managing  these  situations,  when  and 
if  they  arise,  is  a  normal  part  of  your 
job. 

"Seeing  is  believing"  fits  here,  too, 
so  invite  the  parents  to  visit  the 
classroom  so  that  they  can  get  a 
feeling  for  the  atmosphere  themselves. 

Throughout  the  year,  keep  the 
parents  as  informed  as  you  can  about 
how  their  child  is  getting  along  with 
the  other  children.  If  problems  do 
arise,  you  may  want  to  ask  the 
parents  how  they  handle  these  situa- 
tions at  home.  What  do  the  parents  do 
to  help  their  child  play  with  brothers 
and  sisters  or  with  neighborhood 
children? 

You  have  developed  a  number  of 
techniques  for  helping  children  co- 
operate and  get  along  in  yovir  class- 
room. You  will  probably  find  that 
these  techniques  are  just  as  useful  for 
a  child  with  special  needs. 


101 


102    Teacher's  Time 

Assure  the  parents  of  a  handi- 
capped child  that  you  will  have  time 
for  their  youngster.  Describe  to  them 
what  you  wiU  be  doing  with  their  child 
and  explain  that  you  will  have  your 
aide,  volunteers,  and  other  staff  mem- 
bers to  help  you.  Discuss  also  any 
outside  assistance  the  child  wiU  be 
getting. 


The  Future 

Parents  may  worry  that  their  child 
will  not  make  progress  in  your  pro- 
gram. You  can  assiu-e  them  that  there 
are  many  things  that  you  can  teach 
their  child,  and  that  their  child  will 
also  learn  a  lot  from  the  other  children 
in  the  class.  But  be  careful  not  to  offer 
the  parents  false  hopes.  Make  it 
clear  that  you  can't  make  long-range 
predictions  about  how  far  the  child 
will  progress  in  the  future,  but  that 
you  wiU  help  the  child  learn  as  much 
as  he  or  she  can  in  Head  Start.  Be 
honest  when  you  describe  the  sldU 
areas  you  are  working  on  with  their 
child,  and  keep  them  well  informed  of 
their  child's  progress.  Ask  the  family, 
in  turn,  to  tell  you  how  the  child  is 
progressing  at  home. 

As  with  non-handicapped  children, 
if  you  genuinely  like  a  child,  and  if 
you  and  other  staff  members  in  yoiu: 
program  have  worked  out  a  sensible 
plan  to  meet  the  child's  needs  and 
stimulate  his  or  her  development,  you 
have  a  solid  basis  for  developing  a  real 
partnership  with  the  parents.  While 
jarents  of  handicapped  yoimgsters 
lave  some  concerns  that  are  different 
rom  the  concerns  of  other  parents,  - 
you  can  use  the  same  skills  and  ways 
of  working  with  them  that  you  have 
already  developed  in  yoiu:  conversa- 
tions and  personal  contacts  with  other 
parents. 


Parents  of 

Non-Handicapped 

Children 

Many  Head  Start  programs  have 
children  with  handicaps  in  their 
classes.  Generally,  parents  of  non- 
handicapped  children  in  a  mainstream 
classroom  have  no  strong  concerns 
about  the  presence  of  a  child  with 
special  needs  in  the  class.  If  the 
parents  of  a  non-handicapped  child  are 
concerned,  invite  them  to  come  to  your 
classroom  to  see  for  themselves.  This 
will  show  them  that  a  handicapped 
child  is  first  and  foremost  a  child  and 
an  individual,  Uke  their  own  child. 
Visiting  your  mainstream  classroom 
wiU  help  dispel  incorrect  ideas  parents 
may  have  about  a  handicapped  child 
whom  they  have  never  met. 

If  some  parents  express  a  concern 
that  their  child  wiU  pick  up  undesir- 
able behavior  from  handicapped  chil- 
dren, you  can  explain  to  them  that  it 
is  normal  for  children  to  copy  the 
behavior  of  other  children— this  is  one 
of  the  ways  they  learn.  However, 
undesirable  behavior  tends  to  be 
outgrown  quickly,  once  it  has  been 
tested  and  met  with  disapproval. 

If  parents  would  like  to  talk  to  their 
child  about  handicaps,  you  might 
suggest  that  they  do  this  in  a  factual, 
non-emotional  way.  If  the  parents  are 
concerned  that  you  won't  have  enough 
time  for  their  non-handicapped  child, 
you  can  describe  to  them  the  staffing 
arrangements  your  program  has  made 
to  enable  all  children  to  have  enough 
teacher  time.  If  they  are  worried  that 
their  child  might  be  hurt  by  a  child 
with  retardation,  you  can  point  out 
that  there  is  no  more  danger  of  injury 
from  a  retarded  child  than  from  any 
other  child. 

In  general,  be  calm,  reassiuing, 
and  objective,  and  describe  the  very 
real  benefits  to  their  child  of  main- 
streaming  a  child  with  retardation  in 
the  classroom. 


Chapter  6: 


Where  to 

Find 

Help  in 

"four  Area 


A  team  of  people  is 
needed  to  help  you 
mainstream.  There 
are  many  kinds  of 
professionals  who  can 
provide  help. 


104         Head  Start  is  a  comprehensive 
child  development  program  for  all 
eligible  children— handicapped 
and  non-handicapped.  It  includes 
jnainstreaming  experiences  in  the 
classroom;  medical,  dental,  mental 
health,  and  nutrition  services; 
parent  involvement;  and  social 
services.  To  strengthen  services  to 
handicapped  children,  Head  Start 
programs  are  required  to  make 
every  effort  to  work  with  other 
programs  and  agencies  who  serve 
these  children.  This  cooperation  is 
essential. 

Provision  of  services  to  handi- 
capped children  is  not  a  solo 
effort.  As  you  have  already  found 
out  (or  soon  will),  it  requires  the 
involvement  and  cooperation  of 
many  people  with  different  kinds 
of  skills  and  knowledge.  You  are 
the  primary  planner  of  the  child's 
daily  educational  program  and  the 
person  who  is  central  in  carrying 
it  out.  But  it  will  help  you  and  the 
child  if  you  can  work  with  these 
specialists  in  your  Head  Start 
program  and  with  other 
specialists  in  your  community. 
You  and  the  specialists  can 
achieve  more  working  as  a  team 
than  as  individuals.  This  chapter 
discusses  how  to  find  out  about 
local  or  regional  resources,  what 
they  provMe,  how  you  can  make 
the  most  of  what's  available,  and 
the  kinds  of  specialists  you  may 
meet  as  you  work  with  handi- 
capped children. 


Finding 
Out 
About 
Resources 


To  find  out  about  resoiirces,  start 
by  asking  questions.  Ask  other  teach- 
ers, your  center  director,  other  program 
staff,  and  then  ask  people  they 
suggest.  You  need  some  basic  informa- 
tion about  the  kinds  of  support 
personnel  available  in  your  program. 
For  example: 

•  Is  there  a   handicap  coordinator, 
a   mental  health  professional, 
or  a  health  coordinator  who  is 
familiar  with  retardation  and  with 
retarded  children,  and  who  can 
suggest  materials,  methods,  and 
additional  resources? 

•  Is  there  an   educational  co- 

ordinator, a  director  of  educa- 
tional services,or  another 
classroom  teacherwho  can  help 
you  to  make  any  changes  in  your 
program  as  needed  by  a  retarded 
child? 

•  Does  the  program  have  a   social 

Avorker,  a  social  services  direc- 
tor ,or  a  parent-involvement 
staff  memberwho  can  help 
arrange  contacts  with  the  child's 
family  and  with  resources  outside 
the  program? 

•  Does  your  program  have 

consultantSjWhether  from  the 
Head  Start  regional  office,  public 
schools,  nearby  colleges  or  univer- 
sities, community  health  or  social 
service  agencies,  a  state  depart- 
ment of  education,  the  State  De- 
velopmental Disabilities  CoimcH, 
or  local  chapters  of  national  associ- 
ations serving  mentally  retarded 
children?  (For  more  information  on 
national  associations,  see  the 
section  in  Chapter  7  on  profes- 
sional and  parent  associations.) 


Head  Start 

Program 

Resources 


Certain  components — social  ser- 
vices, health  services,  educational  ser- 
vices, handicap  services,  and  parent 
involvement — are  found  in  Head  Start 
programs.  Programs  vary  greatly, 
however,  in  the  number  of  staff 
members  providing  these  services. 


In  a  given  program,  one  person 
may  be  both  the  social  services 
director  and  the  parent  involvement 
coordinator.  In  another  program, 
several  people  may  work  in  each 
component.  These  staff  members  may 
work  part-time  or  full-time.  They  may 
be  a  part  of  your  program  or  outside 
consultants  to  your  program.  Their  job 
titles  may  vary.  It  often  happens  that 
people  with  the  same  title  do  different 
jobs,  or  that  people  with  different  titles 
do  the  same  job.  A  job  title  only  gives 
you  a  small  clue.  You  will  need  to  find 
out  who  does  what,  when  and  where, 
and  how  you  can  get  things  going. 


Social  Services 

Social  services  staff  (whether  a  full- 
time  director,  a  part-time  social  case- 
worker, or  a  community  aide)  usually 
coordinate  contacts  among  a  child's 
family,  the  Head  Start  program,  and 
outside  community  resources.  This 
person  (or  people)  can  help  you  put 
together  a  team  of  specialists  to  work 
with  you  and  a  retarded  child  in  your 
class.  When  needed,  the  teacher  and 
the  social  services  person  work  to- 
gether to  arrange  referrals  for  children 
and  families  who  need  diagnosis  and 
treatment  or  family  counseling.  Social 
services  oversee  the  follow-up,  too, 
making  sure  appointments  are  made 
and  coordinating  services  if  several 
agencies  are  involved.  It  is  important 
that  you  get  information  from  the 
social  services  person  about  the  kinds 
of  services  a  child  is  receiving. 

The  social  services  component  is  an 
extremely  valuable  resource  to  you  in 
your  efforts  to  provide  handicapped 
children  with  a  good  education  in  a 
mainstream  setting. 


He£dth  Services 

The  health  services  component  of 
the  Head  Start  program  must  include 
medical,  dental,  mental  health,  and 
nutritional  services.  The  specialists 
who  carry  out  these  services  may  work 
on  a  full-time,  part-time  or  consultant 
basis.  The  person  responsible  for 
coordinating  all  these  health  services 
can  draw  upon  a  number  of  services 
outside  of  the  program  for  diagnosis 
and  treatment.  This  means  they  can 
help  you  get  health  information  or  the 
services  of  specialists  for  a  child.  For 
example,  an  ophthalmologist  or 
optometrist  (eye  specialists)  may  be 
called  upon  to  examine  a  child  with 
vision  problems,  or  an  audiologist 
(hearing  specialist)  may  be  recruited  to 
assess  a  child's  hearing.  A  mental 
health  professional  such  as  a  psychol- 
ogist can  diagnose  mental  retardation. 
Other  specialists  such  as  a  neiu-ologist 
(nervous  system  specialist),  an  occupa- 
tional therapist  (activities  specialist),  a 


105 


106    physical  therapist  (movement  special- 
ist), or  an  otologist  (ear  specialist)  may 
be  consulted  when  necessary. 

You  will  want  to  know  who  in 
your  program  is  responsible  for  con- 
tacting and  coordinating  health 
service  agencies,  and  what  your 
relationship  is  with  the  agencies. 
What  kinds  of  assistance  can  you 
expect  from  them?  What  conference 
arrangements  are  being  made 
among  team  members?  While  some 
agencies  are  more  accessible  than 
others,  all  Head  Start  programs  (no 
matter  how  large  or  small)  have  or 
will  have  access  to  these  resources, 
either  within  the  program  or 
through  outside  referrals. 

Be  sure  that  the  parents  are 
completely  informed  of  any  plan  for 
services  for  their  child,  and  that  they 
give  their  consent. 


Education£d  Services 

This  component  comprises  all 
aspects  of  the  educational  program. 
All  Head  Start  programs  should 
use  the  resources  of  local  institutions 
of  higher  learning  (junior  colleges, 
colleges,  universities,  and  university- 
affiliated  facilities)  that  are  available 
to  them. 

In  many  programs,  the  people  who 
are  responsible  for  educational  services 
can  provide  guidance  and  advice  to 
teachers  in  the  classroom.  This  advice 
would  include  helping  you  to  observe 
a  child  systematicaDy,  to  assess  a 
child's  skills,  and  to  develop  and  carry 
out  an  individualized  education  plan 
for  a  retarded  child.  Your  center's 
educational  director  should  be  able  to 
help  you  tailor  classroom  activities  to 
meet  each  child's  needs. 


Parent  Involvement 

Parent  involvement,  a  cornerstone 
of  Head  Start,  encourages  family 
participation  in  all  aspects  of  the 
program.  Head  Start  believes  that  the 
gains  made  by  a  child  in  Head  Start 
must  be  understood  and  built  upon  by 
the  child's  family  and  by  the  com- 
mimity.  To  achieve  parent  involve- 
ment in  a  child's  Head  Start  experi- 
ences, each  program  works  toward 
increasing  parents'  understanding  of 
their  child's  needs  and  how  to  satisfy 
them.  Project  Head  Start  is  based  on 
the  premise  that  successful  parent 
involvement  requires  parents  to  par- 
ticipate in  making  decisions  about  the 
program  and  about  what  kinds  of 
activities  are  most  helpful  and  impor- 
tant for  their  child. 

In  some  Head  Start  programs,  the 
parent  involvement  component  may  be 
combined  with  social  services.  In 
others,  it  is  a  separate  service.  Regard- 
less of  its  place  in  the  organization  of 
your  program,  the  people  in  this 
component  are  responsible  for  the 
coordination  of  all  activities  that 
involve  the  child's  family. 

You  probably  realize  that  the 
parent  involvement  component  is 
especially  important  for  families  of 
handicapped  children.  Since  they  have 
lived  with  the  child  you  are  trying  to 
help,  they  know  a  great  deal  about 
their  child's  needs  and  strengths.  The 
more  the  home  and  Head  Start  can 
exchange  information  and  work  to- 
gether, the  better  the  child  wiU  do  in 
your  class. 


Handicap  Services 

A  handicap  coordinator  is  respon- 
sible for  supervising  the  mainstream- 
ing  of  all  handicapped  children  in  the 
program.  This  person  is  usually 
farmliar  with  special  education 
methods  and  materials,  and  should  be 
able  to  teach  you  how  to  use  them  in 
your  classroom  if  you  need  help. 

Many  Head  Start  programs  have  a 
close  working  relationshin  with  the 
local  school  system.  The  local  school 
system  may  pay  for  specialists  to  work 
with  handicapped  children.  Under  1975 
federal  legislation,  Education  for  All 
Handicapped  Children  Act  (Public 
Law  94-142),  local  school  districts  must 
provide  a  free  public  education  to  all 
handicapped  children  from  3  to  21 
years  of  age.  Some  states  have  their 
own  special  education  laws,  which 
require  services  for  children  from 
infancy  to  age  five  as  well.  You  will 
want  to  learn  as  much  as  you  can 
about  these  laws  in  your  own  state  so 
that  you  can  take  advantage  of  the 
services.  Your  local  public  school 
director  of  special  education  is  a  good 
resource  for  such  information. 

One  aspect  of  the  Education  for  All 
Handicapped  Children  Act  that 
concerns  Head  Start  teachers  and 
parents  is  its  outreach  component. 
Under  the  law,  public  school  systems 
are  required  to  demonstrate  a  practical 
method  for  identifying  unserved  and 
underserved  handicapped  children,  so 
that  they  can  receive  the  special 
services  they  need.  Called  Child  Find, 
Child  Search,  or  Child  Identification  in 
different  states,  the  method  also  varies 
from  state  to  state.  In  some,  it  consists 
of  an  advertising  campaign  to  let 
parents,  teachers,  and  others  know 
whom  they  should  contact  if  they 
suspect  a  child  has  a  handicap  that 
has  not  been  recognized.  In  other 
states,  there  is  a  formal  program  of 
screening  and  diagnosis  in  addition  to 
a  public  awareness  campaign.  To  take 
advantage  of  this  service,  which  is 
your  right  under  the  law,  call  the 
director  of  special  education  in  your 


local  school  system,  the  superintendent 
of  schools  in  your  town,  or  the  special 
education  section  of  your  state's  de- 
partment of  education. 

Since  the  Head  Start  program  in 
many  states  enrolls  children  for  whom 
the  pubUc  school  system  is  also 
responsible,  this  means  that  there  are 
many  services  that  the  school  district 
will  be  able  to  provide  for  these 
children  in  your  classroom,  such  as 
free  diagnoses  and  specialists'  services. 
The  handicap  coordinator  or  someone 
else  in  your  program  should  be  in  close 
contact  with  the  public  schools  in  your 
community,  and  should  know  aU  of 
the  resources  available  and  how  to 
link  up  with  them. 


107 


108  Who  Knows  About 

Resources  and  Services? 

The  staff  person  in  your  program 
who  is  responsible  for  handicap 
services  may  be  the  best  person  to 
contact  to  find  out  about  resources  and 
services.  In  your  commimity,  however, 
there  are  other  people  who  know  what 
agencies  or  people  provide  the  services 
you  need  for  a  child  with  special 
needs. 

The  special  education  supervisor  in 
your  public  school  system  is  one 
person  to  contact  for  information 
about  local  resources.  It  is  also  a  good 
idea  to  contact  this  person  to  alert 
the  school  system  to  the  special 
needs  of  a  child.  After  all,  the  child 
wiU  probably  be  starting  public 
school  after  leaving  Head  Start. 

Your  local  hospital  may  have  a 
department  called  a  child  development 
unit,  which  deals  with  all  sorts  of 
development  problems  in  children. 
Sometimes  the  hospitals  have  special- 
ty clinics  for  children  with  particular 
health  and  developmental  problems, 
such  as  mental  retardation.  The 
services  the  hospital  can  offer  wiU 
vary,  depending  on  the  staff  and  funds 
they  have.  But  the  hospital  will  often 
be  able  to  suggest  other  resources  for 
you  to  contact. 

Some  states  have  a  University 
Affiliated  Facility,  which  provides 
direct  services  to  handicapped  children 
and  their  families.  The  address  for  this 
resovirce  is  given  in  Chapter  7,  page 
119. 

The  Resource  Access  Project  (RAP) 
in  your  region  should  be  contacted. 
RAPs  are  designed  to  link  local  Head 
Start  staff  with  a  variety  of  resources 
to  meet  the  special  needs  of  handi- 
capped children.  They  identify  all 
possible  sources  of  training  and  tech- 
nical assistance  and  enlist  their  sup- 
port in  helping  Head  Start  programs 
find  and  serve  handicapped  children. 
The  addresses  of  the  RAPs  are  given 
in  Chapter  7,  pages  123-124. 


Often,  parents  of  school-age  retar- 
ded children  are  very  knowledgeable 
about  the  resources  that  can  be  tapped. 
Find  out  if  your  community  has  an 
organization  for  parents  of  retarded 
children.  You  coiJd  also  write  to  the 
National  Association  for  Retarded 
Citizens  (address  given  on  page  121), 
because  local  parent  groups  are  often 
affiliated  with  this  organization. 


How  to  Make  the  Most 
of  Available  Resources 

You  can  make  the  most  of  avail- 
able resources  by  taking  the  following 
steps: 

1.    Be  Precise 

Be  precise  about  the  help  you  need. 
For  people  to  be  helpful,  they  have  to 
understand  exactly  what  you  need. 
You  may  want  to  discuss  your  prob- 
lem first  with  other  Head  Start 
teachers  and  specialists,  so  that  you 
end  up  with  a  clear  idea  of  what  you 
need  to  know. 


2.    Develop  Objectives 

With  your  team  of  specialists, 
develop  objectives  about  what  each  of 
you  wants  to  achieve  in  working  with 
a  particular  handicapped  child.  That 
is,  know  what  you're  aiming  for  so  you 
can  plan  activities  to  meet  that  aim, 
and  so  you  wiU  know  when  you  have 
reached  it. 


3.    Agree  on  Responsibilities 

Work  out  together  with  the  special- 
ists what  you  expect  from  them  and 
what  they  expect  from  you.  People 
sometimes  start  out  with  different 
expectations— such  as  who  is  respon- 
sible for  working  with  the  child  (the 
specialist  or  the  teacher),  or  who  is 
responsible  for  checking  on  whether 
the  plan  has  worked.  Responsibilities 
need  to  be  spelled  out  so  tiiat  an 
agreement  can  be  reached. 


4.    Make  Sure  You  Understand 

Advice  and  explanations  that  don't 
tell  you  specifically  what  you  can  do 
for  a  child  in  your  classroom  leave  you 
as  stranded  as  you  were  before.  If  you 
don't  understand,  ask.  Some  specialists 
are  used  to  saying  things  in  com- 
plicated ways,  and  they  need  to  be 
reminded  to  say  them  in  plain 
English.  Advice  won't  do  any 
good  if  you  can't  use  it.  And  if 
you  don't  understand  it,  you  can't  use 
it. 


5.    Keep  In  Touch 

Feedback  on  both  sides  is  very 
important.  You  need  to  know  what  the 
specialists  are  doing  for  the  child  and 
how  the  child  is  progressing.  The 
specialists  need  to  know  what  the 
child  is  doing  in  your  classroom  and 
how  the  child  is  progressing.  And 
everyone — the  parents,  the  specialists, 
and  you — needs  to  know  what  every- 
one else  is  doing,  so  that  the  services 
can  be  coordinated.  Otherwise,  two 
specialists  could  be  providing  the  same 
services  for  a  child — or  even  worse, 
no  one  coidd  be  providing  them. 

Feedback  won't  happen  by  itself. 
Plan  a  schedule  of  contacts — such  as 
meetings  and  phone  calls— and  hold 
yourself  and  the  specialists  responsible 
for  sticking  to  it. 


6.    Consider  Parents  Specialists 

Work  with  parents  in  the  same 
way  that  you  work  with  specialists. 
Parents  are  specialists  on  their  own 
child's  needs,  strengths,  problems, 
likes,  and  dislikes.  Fiirthermore,  like 
working  with  specialists,  working  with 
parents  involves  agreed-upon  objec- 
tives, knowing  what  each  of  you  is 
doing,  knowing  how  the  child  is 
progressing,  and  regular  contact. 


7.    Expect  a  Lot 

You  will  be  working  with  a  child 
who  has  problems  that  may  be 
unfamiliar  to  you,  and  for  which  there 
are  no  easy  solutions.  This  means  you 
need  to  expect  a  lot,  both  from  yourself 
and  from  others  hired  to  help  a  child 
with  special  needs. 

If  you  are  going  to  get  the  most 
from  resoiirce  persons  both  inside  and 
outside  your  program,  you  need  to  be 
doing  a  great  deal  yourself.  You  need 
to  identify  what  the  child  can  cur- 
rently do  and  what  he  or  she  is 
developmentaUy  prepared  to  learn.  At 
the  same  time,  you  will  have  to 
maintain  a  program  that  is  good  for 
all  the  children  in  the  classroom. 

Expect  a  lot  from  the  people  your 
program  has  hired  on  a  full-time,  part- 
time,  or  consultant  basis.  Don't  be 
impressed  by  their  titles,  backgrounds, 
or  anything  else  except  how  helpful 
they  really  are  to  you,  the  child,  and 
the  child's  family. 


109 


I 


no 


Using  Local 
Resources  for 
Mainstreaming 
Handicapped 
Children 


Classroom 
Teacher 


•  observes  child 

•  records  information 

•  develops  questions 

•  identifies  where  help 
is  needed. 


Head  Start 
Person 
Responsible 
for  Referral 


♦ 


•  receives  results 

•  coordinates  program 
review 

•  coordinates  foUow- 
through 


♦ 


Team  Within 
Program 

Educational  Services 
Handicap  Services 
Health  Services 
Parent  Involvement 
Social  Services 


determines  additional 
information  needed 
plans  strategy  for 
gathering  information 
provides,  seeks,  and 
coordinates  services 
makes  referral  to  outside 
agency. 


i 


Parent 


"¥ 


•  observes  child 

•  notes  information 

•  develops  questions 

•  identifies  where  help  is 
needed. 


HI 


Resources            } 

Head  Start 

Classroom 

Outside                 1 

Person 

Teacher 

Program 

Responsible 

,i 

for  Referral 

•  translates  information 
into  educational 

Audiologist 

activities 

Occupational  therapist      ^^  ^k 

•  processes  referral           ^^  ^^ 

•  carries  out  educational 

Ophthalmologist            ^^^  ^M 

previews  questions       ^^^m  ^h 

^plan 

Pediatrician                     ^^P  ^B 

W  draws  together  inforrnf^T^  ^M 

^  assesses  progress. 

Physical  therapist              ^w  ^r 

tion  and  resources  from^^  "▼" 

Psychologist 

within  program. 

Speech-language  patholo-    i 

gist                                       3 

Dentist 

Neurologist                          i 

Nutritionist 

Optician                                ^ 

Optometrist 

¥K 

Orthopedist 

Otologist                             1 

Psychiatrist 

Social  worker 

■     ^ 

Parent^ 

Colleges  and  universities 
Hospitals 

•  translates  information 

into  home  activities 

Professional  associations 

•  discusses  educational 

Public  school  personnel 

plan  with  Head 

Resource  Access  Projects 

Start  staff 

Social  service  agencies 

•  assesses  progress. 

State  departments  of 

education 

University  Affiliated 

Facilities 

•  provide  additional 

information 

•  recommend  steps  to 

take. 

"'  Who  Are 

the  Specialists? 

What  Do 
They  Do? 


This  section  describes  the  special- 
ists mentally  retarded  children  are 
most  likely  to  need  help  from,  and  the 
kinds  of  help  they  can  provide.  Other 
specialists  who  work  with  handi- 
capped children  are  described  in  the 
section  beginning  on  page  116. 


Psychologist 


A  psychologist  conducts 
screening,  diagnosis,  and 
treatment  of  people  with 
social,  emotional,  psycholog- 
ical, behavioral,  or  develop- 
mental problems.  There  are 
many  different  kinds  of 
psychologists. 

What  Is  Done 

Psychologists  may  ask  chil- 
dren questions,  observe  them  at 
play,  ask  the  parents  questions, 
and  observe  the  children  inter- 
acting with  the  parents.  They 
may  choose  to  administer  stan- 
dardized tests  to  assess  chil- 
dren's intellectual  abilities  and 
adaptive  behavior  (ability  to  use 
language,  to  play  with  others, 
and  to  do  things  independently). 
Psychologists  sometimes  use 
play  activities  to  understand 
and  treat  children.  At  times 
they  may  want  to  talk  with  the 
whole  faimly  to  help  with  prob- 
lems they  might  have  concern- 
ing a  particular  child.  Psychol- 
ogists can  also  help  to  decide 
what  lands  of  educational  pro- 
grams and  activities  would  be 
best  to  improve  children's  intel- 
lectual abOities  and  adaptive 
behavior. 


Speech-Language 
Pathologist 

A  speech-language  pa- 
thologist conducts  screening, 
diagnosis,  and  treatment  of 
children  and  adults  with 
communication  disorders. 
This  person  may  also  be 
called  a  speech  clinician  or 
speech  therapist. 

What  Is  Done 

The  speech-language  pa- 
thologist talks  with  the  child's 
parents  and  teachers  to  obtain  a 
full  case  history  of  the  child  and 
an  idea  about  the  child's  speech 
and  language  at  home  and  in 
school.  The  pathologist  then 
spends  time  talking  to  the  child. 
Usually  this  is  done  in  the 
context  of  a  play  situation.  After 
this  type  of  informal  observa- 
tion, the  speech-language  pa- 
thologist gives  the  child  a  bat- 
tery of  tests  to  assess  the  child's 
ability  to  understand  and  pro- 
duce speech.  As  part  of  a 
screening  or  evaluation,  the 
child  may  be  asked  to  draw 
pictures,  say  words,  manipulate 
and  name  objects,  describe  pic- 
tures, repeat  sentences,  answer 
questions,  or  tell  a  story. 

Depending  upon  what  is 
foxmd  out  from  tests,  observa- 
tion, and  parent  and  teacher 
interviews,  the  speech-language 
pathologist  may  design  and 
carry  out  a  therapy  program  for 
the  child.  When  the  speech- 
language  pathologist  feels  that 
there  may  be  other  problems 
contributing  to  the  speech  or 
language  disorder,  he  or  she 
may  recommend  that  the  child 
see  an  audiologist,  psychologist, 
otolaryngologist,  or  other  pro- 
fessional for  further  examina- 
tion and  recommendations. 


The  speech-language  path- 
ologist can  provide  a  teacher 
with  specific  instructional  sug- 
gestions for  a  particular  chila. 
The  pathologist  can  also  give 
the  teacher  ideas  for  develop- 
mentally  appropriate  objectives 
for  the  child.  Finally,  the 
speech-language  pathologist 
may  work  with  the  parents  of  a 
child  with  a  speech  or  language 
impairment. 


Pediatrician 

A  pediatrician  is  a  medi- 
cal doctor  who  specializes  in 
childhood  diseases  and  prob- 
lems, and  in  the  health  care 
of  children. 

What  Is  Done 

A  pediatrician  can  examine 
general  health  conditions  to 
determine  whether  a  child 
should  spend  a  full  day  in  your 
classroom,  and  what  activities 
are  within  the  child's  capabili- 
ties. Nutritional  problems  may 
be  identified.  If  there  are  specific 
health  problems,  such  as  epi- 
lepsy, the  pediatrician  may  pre- 
scribe medication,  or  may  sug- 
gest another  specialist. 


113 


114  Physical 
Therapist 


A  physical  therapist 
evabiates  and  plans  physical 
therapy  pro-ams.  He  or  she 
directs  activities  for  pro- 
moting self-sufficiency  pri- 
marily related  to  gross 
motor  skills  such  as  walk- 
ing, sitting,  and  shifting 
position.  He  or  she  also 
helps  people  with  special 
equipment  used  for  moving, 
such  as  wheelchairs,  braces, 
and  crutches. 

What  Is  Done 

A  physical  therapist  evalu- 
ates each  child  with  whom  he  or 
she  works  before,  during,  and 
after  each  treatment  program. 
The  physical  therapist  may  give 
muscle  tests  to  see  how  strong 
each  muscle  is,  and  how  much 
the  child  can  move  it.  Such  tests 
help  a  therapist  to  choose  the 
right  kind  of  treatment.  The 
therapist  may  help  a  child 
practice  walking,  crawling,  hop- 
ping, skipping,  and  going  up 
and  down  stairs.  A  physical 
therapist  also  teaches  children 
how  to  maintain  their  balance 
when  standing,  walking,  and 
sitting. 

As  part  of  a  program  of 
physical  therapy  for  a  particular 
child,  the  therapist  can  tell  you 
if  there  are  any  exercises  or 
activities  that  you  can  do  to 
help  the  child,  and  can  show 
you  how  to  do  them. 


Occupational 
Therapist 


An  occupational  therapist 
evaluates  and  treats  chil- 
dren who  may  have  dif- 
ficulty performing  self-help, 
play,  or  school-related  ac- 
tivities. The  aim  is  to  pro- 
mote self-sufficiency  and  in- 
deperulence  in  these  areas. 

What  Is  Done 

After  evaluating  children  to 
see  how  they  use  their  muscles 
to  eat,  dress,  and  carry  out 
preschool  activities  (such  as 
drawing,  cutting,  and  pasting), 
the  therapist  chooses  exercises 
and  activities  designed  to  im- 
prove the  child's  motor  skills  in 
three  areas.  The  self-help  area 
includes  feeding,  dressing,  toilet- 
ing, and  washing.  The  play 
area  includes  moving  the  body 
(sitting,  walking,  handling  ob- 
jects) and  psychosocial  aspects 
(getting  along  with  others,  toler- 
ance for  frustration).  The  pre- 
school area  includes  perceptual- 
motor  skills  (paper  and  pencil 
activities,  hand-eye  and  body- 
eye  coordination)  and  the  ability 
to  move  the  body  smoothly. 
This  therapist  will  tell  you  what 
you  can  do  to  help  the  child,  as 
part  of  the  therapy  program. 


Ophthalmologist 

An  ophthalmologist  is  a 
medical  doctor  who  diag- 
noses and  treats  diseases, 
injuries,  or  birth  defects  that 
affect  vision.  He  or  she  may 
also  conduct  or  supervise 
vision  screening. 

What  Is  Done 

The  ophthalmologist  ex- 
amines the  child's  eyes  using 
lights,  simple  pictures  and  toys, 
and  a  variety  of  instruments  to 
discover  how  well  the  child  sees. 
Ophthalmologists  use  different 
procedures  in  treating  children, 
depending  on  what  they  find 
the  eye  condition  to  be.  Ophthal- 
mologists may,  for  example, 
prescribe  glasses  and/or  medica- 
tion, or  perform  siu-gery.  If  asked, 
they  may  suggest  special 
modifications  in  teaching  (such 
as  in  materials  and  seating 
arrangements). 


Audiologist 


115 


An  audiologist  conducts 
screening  and  diagnosis  of 
hearing  problems,  and  may 
recommend  a  hearing  aid  or 
suggest  training  approaches 
for  people  with  hearing 

What  Is  Done 

The  audiologist  performs  the 
above  services  and  can  also  be 
called  upon  to  answer  questions 
in  the  following  areas:  the 
nature  of  a  child's  hearing  loss, 
what  the  child  can  and  cannot 
hear,  the  usefulness  of  a  hearing 
aid,  the  care  of  a  hearing  aid, 
and  the  availability  of  special 
programs  for  children  with  hear- 
ing impairments. 


116 


Other  Specialists 

Below  is  a  list  of  other  specialists 
who  may  work  with  handicapped  and 
non-handicapped  preschoolers. 

A  Dentist  conducts  screen- 
ing, diagnosis,  and  treatment  of 
the  teeth  and  gums. 

A  Neurologist  is  a  medical 
doctor  who  conducts  screening, 
diagnosis,  and  treatment  of 
brain  and  nervous  system  dis- 
orders. 

A  Nutritionist  evaluates  a 
person's  food  habits  and  nutri- 
tional status.  This  specialist  can 
provide  advice  about  normal 
and  therapeutic  nutrition,  and 
information  about  special  feed- 
ing equipment  and  techniques 
to  increase  a  person's  self- 
feeding  skills. 

An  Optician  assembles  cor- 
rective lenses  and  frames.  He  or 
she  will  advise  in  the  selection 
of  frames  and  fit  the  lenses 
prescribed  by  the  optometrist  or 
ophthalmologist  to  the  frames. 
An  optician  also  fits  contact 
lenses. 


An  Optometrist  examines  the 
eyes  and  related  structures  to 
determine  the  presence  of  visual 
problems,  eye  diseases,  or  other 
problems. 

An  Orthopedist  is  a  med- 
ical doctor  who  conducts  screen- 
ing, diagnosis,  and  treatment  of 
diseases  and  injuries  to  muscles, 
joints,  and  bones. 

An  Otologist  is  a  medical 
doctor  who  conducts  screening, 
diagnosis,  and  treatment  of  ear 
disorders. 

A  Psychiatrist  is  a  medical 
doctor  who  conducts  screening, 
diagnosis,  and  treatment  of 
psychological,  emotional,  behav- 
ioral, and  developmental  or 
organic  problems.  Psychiatrists 
can  prescribe  medication.  They 
generally  do  not  administer 
tests.  There  are  different  kinds 
of  psychiatrists. 


A  Social  Worker  provides 
services  for  individuals  and 
families  experiencing  a  variety 
of  emotional  or  social  problems. 
This  may  include  direct  coimsel- 
ing  of  an  individual,  family,  or 
group;  advocacy,  and  consulta- 
tion with  preschool  programs, 
schools,  clinics,  or  social 
agencies. 


Chapter  7: 


Other 
Sources 

of 
Help 


There  are  many 
associations  and 
books  that  can  pro- 
vide more  detailed 
information  on  main- 
streaming  children 
ivith  mental  retardation. 


118        In  addition  to  specialists  in  your 
program,  community,  or  region, 
there  are  other  sources  of  help  you 
can  draiv  on  to  assist  you  with 
children  who  are  mentally  retarded. 
Around  the  country  are  a  number  of 
organizations  concerned  with 
mental  retardation.  They  can  send 
you  helpful  information  about 
retardation  and  about  how  you  can 
work  with  the  children  in  the  class- 
room. There  are  also  many  good 
books  and  articles  that  you  may 
find  useful.  These  are  listed  in  the 
bibliography  at  the  end  of  this 
chapter. 


Professional 

and 

Parent 

Associations 

and  Other 

Organizations 


For  the  associations  and  organiza- 
tions in  this  section,  we  have  listed 
their  national  addresses,  whether  they 
have  local  branches,  what  they  do, 
and  how  they  can  help  you. 


American  Association 
for  the  Education  of  the 
Severely/Profoundly 
Handicapped 

This  is  a  new  organization  in  the 
field  of  retardation.  Its  membership  is 
committed  to  developing  and  sharing 
new  knowledge  about  effective  ways 
for  working  with  severely  and  pro- 
foundly handicapped  people. 

This  organization  has  only  a  na- 
tional office.  For  more  information 
write  to: 

American  Association  for  the  Educa- 
tion of  the  Severely /Profoundly 
Handicapped 

1600  W.  Armory  Way 
Seattle,  Washington  98119 


American  Association 
on  Mental  Deficiency 

This  association  is  the  oldest  pro- 
fessional society  devoted  to  research, 
training,  and  program  development  for 
persons  with  mental  retardation.  Its 
nearly  12,000  members  are  profession- 
als representing  a  variety  of  interests 
and  disciplines  dealing  with  many 
types  of  aevelopmental  disabilities. 
The  objectives  of  the  AAMD  are  to 
effect  the  highest  standards  of  pro- 
gramming for  mentally  retarded  per- 
sons, to  promote  cooperation  among 
those  working  with  them,  and  to 
educate  the  public  to  imderstand, 
accept,  and  respect  people  with  mental 
retardation. 

These  aims  are  achieved  in  the 
following  ways:  The  association  serves 
on  panels  to  develop  and  evaluate 
standards  for  services  and  facilities  for 
retarded  citizens.  It  plans  national 
educational  and  informational  semi- 
nars, and  attends  meetings  at  local, 
regional,  national,  and  international 
levels.  It  supports  legislation  concerning 
the  rights  and  services  available  to 
retarded  citizens,  as  well  as  the 
prevention  of  mental  retardation  and 
related  developmental  disabilities.  And 
it  furthers  the  professional  identity  of 
all  individuals  and  disciplines  in  the 
field  of  mental  retardation. 

The  association  publishes  many 
low-cost  materials  of  interest  to  profes- 
sionals. AAMD  has  regional,  state, 
and  college/university  branches.  For 
more  information  write  to: 

American  Association 
on  Mental  Deficiency 
5101  Wisconsin  Avenue,  N.W. 
Washington,  D.C.  20014 


American  Association  of 
University  Affiliated  Programs 

This  organization  is  most  interested 
in  providing  diagnostic  services  to 
individuals  with  developmental  disabil- 
ities (which  include  mental  retarda- 
tion) and  in  providing  training  for 
people  who  work  with  handicapped 
persons.  University  Affiliated  Facilities 
provide  services  in  areas  such  as  early 
and  special  education,  pediatrics,  child 
development,  child  psychology,  social 
work,  child  neurology,  speech  pathol- 
ogy, physical  and  occupational  thera- 
py, nutrition,  and  nursing.  Nearly  50 
UAFs  have  been  established  through- 
out the  country.  The  association  has 
an  official  working  relationship  with 
Head  Start.  By  writing  to  the  address 
below  you  can  find  out  if  there  is  a 
program  near  you  that  can  provide 
diagnostic,  treatment,  training,  and 
consultation  services.  For  more  infor- 
mation write  to: 

American  Association  of  University 
Affiliated  Programs 
2033  M  Street,  Suite  406 
Washington,  D.C.  20036 


Closer  Look 

Funded  through  the  Bureau  of 
Education  for  the  Handicapped,  U.S. 
Office  of  Education,  this  special  project 
attempts  to  provide  bridges  between 
parents  and  services  for  handicapped 
children,  and  to  help  parents  become 
advocates  for  comprehensive  services 
for  their  own  handicapped  child  as 
well  as  for  others.  Closer  Look  publish- 
es a  newsletter  about  handicaps  and 
new  programs,  as  well  as  information 
of  special  interest  to  parents.  The  staff 
win  also  respond  to  questions  that  you 
may  have.  The  newsletters  and  infor- 
mation are  free.  By  writing  to  them 
you  can  be  added  to  their  mailing  Ust. 

This  organization  has  regional 
branches.  For  more  information  write 
to: 

Closer  Look 

Box  1492 

Washington,  D.C.  20013 


119 


120   Council  for  Exceptional  Children: 
Division  on  Mental  Retardation 

This  division  is  concerned  with 
teaching  children  who  are  mentally 
retarded,  and  with  training  special 
education  teachers  to  be  more  effective. 
CEC  and  this  division  publish  low-cost 
informational  materials  of  interest  to 
professionals  and  parents. 

CEC  has  local  chapters.  For  more 
information  write  to: 

Council  for  Exceptional  Children 
1920  Association  Drive 
Reston,  Virginia  22091 


Council  for  Exceptional  Children 
Information  Center 

This  information  center  provides 
abstracts  of  current  research  and 
bibliographies  of  information  currently 
available  in  publications  and  nonprint 
media.  It  also  provides  annotated 
listings  of  agencies  that  serve  excep- 
tional children  and  their  families. 
Contact: 

Covmcil  for  Exceptional  Children 
Information  Center 
1920  Association  Drive 
Reston,  Virginia  22091 


Epilepsy  Foundation  of  America 

The  Epilepsy  Foundation  of 
America  is  a  national  voluntary  health 
organization.  It  acts  as  a  national 
spokesman  and  advocate  for  people 
with  epilepsy,  and  supports  medical, 
social,  and  informational  programs. 
Because  many  people  with  epUepsy  are 
also  retarded,  the  Foimdation  offers 
many  low-cost  and  free  publications 
that  teachers  and  parents  of  mentally 
retarded  children  have  found  helpful. 
A  monthly  newspaper.  National 
Spokesman,  is  available  by  subscrip- 
tion. 

The  EpUepsy  Foundation  has  local 
chapters.  For  more  information  write 
to: 

Epilepsy  Foundation  of  America 
1828  L  Street,  N.W. 
Washington,  D.C.  20036 


Instructional  Materials  Centers 

These  centers  have  media  and 
materials  suitable  for  use  with  retard- 
ed children.  Often  the  director  or  staff 
of  the  center  can  demonstrate  mate- 
rials, suggest  especially  good  mate- 
rials, and  consult  with  you  about  your 
needs. 

To  find  out  about  a  Center,  contact 
the  Resource  Access  Project  in  your 
region,  directors  of  special  education  in 
your  state  department  of  education,  or 
colleges  and  universities'  special  edu- 
cation departments. 


National  Association 
for  Retarded  Citizens 

This  association,  founded  and  oper- 
ated by  parents  of  children  with 
retardation,  has  been  responsible  for 
lobbying  for  the  rights  of  retarded 
citizens  and  their  families.  The  associ- 
ation's purpose  is  to  encourage  study, 
research,  and  therapy  in  the  field  of 
mental  retardation;  to  develop  a  better 
understanding  of  the  problems  of 
mental  retardation  by  the  public;  to 
improve  the  training  and  education  of 
personnel  for  work  in  the  field;  and  in 
general  to  promote  the  welfare 
of  the  mentally  retarded  of  ail  ages. 
They  publish  many  fi'ee  or  low-cost 
materials  of  interest  to  parents  and 
professionals. 

NARC  has  many  local  chapters. 
For  more  information  write  to: 

National  Association  for 
Retarded  Citizens 
2709  Avenue  E.  East 
P.O.  Box  6109 
Arlington,  Texas  76011 


National  Center  for  Law 
and  the  Handicapped,  Inc. 

This  organization  was  established 
to  ensure  equal  protection  iinder  the 
law  for  handicapped  people.  It  partici- 
pates in  selected  court  cases  by 
consulting  with  the  lawyers  of  handi- 
capped people  whose  rights  may  have 
been  violated.  Sometimes  NCLH  pro- 
vides a  lawyer  for  a  handicapped 
person.  The  staff  can  answer  questions 
and  provide  information  about  legal 
issues  affecting  children  who  are 
retarded. 

For  more  information  write  to: 

National  Center  for  Law  and 
the  Handicapped,  Inc. 
1235  North  Eddy  Stieet 
South  Bend,  Indiana  46617 


National  Easter  Seal  Society 
for  Crippled  Children  and  Adults 

The  National  Easter  Seal  Society 
for  Crippled  Children  and  Adults 
provides  information  about  handicaps. 
It  assists  disabled  persons  and  their 
families  in  finding  and  making  effec- 
tive use  of  resources  that  will  be 
helpful  to  them  in  developing  their 
abilities  and  in  living  piirposeful  Uves. 
It  assists  communities  in  developing 
necessary  and  appropriate  resources 
for  disabled  persons.  It  attempts  to 
establish  and  maintain  programs  and 
services  that  are  appropriate  and 
realistic.  And  it  tries  to  create  a 
climate  of  acceptance  of  disabled 
persons,  which  will  enable  them  to 
contribute,  to  the  full  extent  of  their 
competence,  to  the  well-betng  of  the 
community. 

The  Society  conducts  a  three-point 
program  in  service,  education,  and 
research  at  the  national,  state,  and 
local  levels.  In  some  areas  the  staff 
operates  programs  for  handicapped 
infants  and  young  children.  In  some 
areas  they  can  help  parents  find 
financial  support  for  their  handi- 
capped child's  special  needs,  e.g., 
wheelchairs,  braces. 

The  society  puts  out  several  free 
publications,  and  a  monthly  journal 
called  Rehabilitative  Literature. 
Easter  Seal  as  local  chapters.  For  more 
information  write  to: 

National  Easter  Seal  Society  for 
Crippled  Children  and  Adults 
2023  W.  Ogden  Ave. 
Chicago,  Dlinios  60612 


121 


122    The  National  Foundation/ 
March  of  Dimes 

The  National  Foundation/March  of 
Dimes  has  as  its  goal  the  prevention 
of  birth  defects.  Its  principal  programs 
and  activities  include  funding  basic 
and  cUnical  research,  funding  medical 
service  programs,  offering  professional 
education,  and  providing  health  in- 
formation. The  foimdation  publishes 
pamphlets,  booklets,  and  audio-visual 
materials  for  the  general  public  on  the 
prevention  and  treatment  of  birth 
defects. 

March  of  Dimes  has  local  chapters. 
For  more  information  write  to: 

The  National  Foundation/ 
March  of  Dimes 
1275  Mamaroneck  Avenue 
White  Plains,  New  York  10605 


President's  Committee 
on  Mental  Retardation 

This  is  a  committee  of  21  citizens 
appointed  by  the  President,  and  three 
cabinet  members  ex-officio.  The  citizen 
members  include  professional  and  lay 
persons  and  parents  of  retarded  chil- 
dren. The  Secretary  of  Health,  Educa- 
tion and  Welfare  is  chairperson.  The 
committee's  objectives  are  to  advise 
and  assist  the  President  on  all  matters 
pertaining  to  mental  retardation; 
evaluate  national,  state,  and  local 
efforts;  help  coordinate  federal  activi- 
ties; facilitate  commvmication  between 
federal,  state,  and  local  agencies; 
inform  the  public  about  mental  retar- 
dation; and  mobilize  support  for  re- 
lated activities. 

The  committee's  principal  pro- 
grams and  activities  include  conduct- 
ing conferences  on  such  key  issues  as 
screening  of  yo\mg  children,  early 
intervention,  and  legal  rights  of  the 
retarded. 


The  committee  publishes  free  and 
low-cost  materials  on  mental  retarda- 
tion for  the  general  public,  parents, 
teachers,  and  other  professionals.  For 
more  information  write  to: 

President's  Committee  on 
Mental  Retardation 
Department  of  Health,  Education 
and  Welfare 
Washington,  D.C.  20201 


Resom^ce  Access  Projects 

Resource  Access  Projects  (RAPs) 
are  designed  to  link  local  Head  Start 
staff  with  a  variety  of  resources  to 
meet  the  special  needs  of  handicapped 
children.  They  function  as  brokers, 
facilitating  the  delivery  of  training  and 
technical  assistance  to  meet  local 
Head  Start  program  needs  in  the  area 
of  services  to  handicapped  children. 
While  the  RAPs  will  assist  local 
grantees  in  determining  and  meeting 
their  needs  in  the  area  of  handicapped 
services,  the  cost  of  any  required 
training  or  technical  assistance  must 
be  borne  by  the  grantee  and/or  the 
resource  provider. 

RAPs  have  been  established  to 
identify  all  possible  sources  of  training 
and  technical  assistance,  and  to  enlist 
their  support  in  helping  Head  Start 
find  and  serve  handicapped  children. 
Examples  of  resources  include  public 
health  departments,  community  men- 
tal health  centers,  speech  and  hearing 
clinics,  developmental  disabilities  coun- 
cils, universities  and  colleges,  pro- 
fessional associations,  and  private  pro- 
viders of  training,  technical  assistance, 
materials  and  equipment. 


DHEW    States 
Region    Served 


Resource 

Access  Project  (RAP) 


123 


Maine 

New  Hampshire 

Vermont 

Connecticut 

Massachusetts 

Rhode  Island 


Education  Development  Center,  Inc. 

55  Chapel  Street 

Newton,  Massachusetts  02160 


New  York 
New  Jersey 
Puerto  Rico 
Virgin  Islands 


Pennsylvania 

West  Virginia 

Virginia 

Delaware 

Maryland 

District  of  Columbia 


Texas 
Louisiana 
Oklahoma 
Arkansas 
New  Mexico 


New  York  University 

School  of  Continuing  Education 

3  Washington  Square  Village,  Apt.  IM 

New  York,  New  York  10012 


PUSH/RAP 

Mineral  Street  Annex 
Keyser,  West  Virginia  26726 


4 

North  CaroUna 
South  Carolina 
Georgia 
Florida 
Mississippi 

Chapel  Hill  Training  Outreach  Project 

Lincoln  School 

Merritt  Mill  Road 

Chapel  HiU,  North  Carolina  27514 

Kentucky 

Tennessee 

Alabama 

The  Urban  Observatory 
1101  17th  Avenue,  South 
Nashville,  Tennessee  37212 

5 

Illinois 
Indiana 

University  of  Illinois 
Colonel  Wolfe  Preschool 

Ohio 

403  East  Healev 
Champaign,  Illinois  61820 

Minnesota 
Wisconsin 
Michigan 

Portage  Project 
Resource  Access  Project 
412  East  Slifer  Street 
P.O.  Box  564 
Portage,  Wisconsin  53901 

Contract  not  awarded 
at  time  of  printing. 


124   DREW    States 
Region    Served 

7  Missoviri 

Kansas 
Iowa 
Nebraska 


8 


9 


Colorado 
North  Dakota 
South  Dakota 
Montana 
Utah 
Wyoming 


California 

Arizona 

Hawaii 

Nevada 

Pacific  Trust  Territories 


10 


Washington 

Oregon 

Idaho 


Alaska 


Resource 

Access  Project  (RAP) 


University  of  Kansas  City 
Medical  Center 
Children's  Rehabilitation  Unit 
39th  &  Rainbow  Blvd. 
Kansas  City,  Kansas  66103 


MQe  High  Consortium 
Hampden  East  I-Room  215 
8000  East  Girard  Avenue 
Denver,  Colorado  80231 


Los  Angeles  Unified  School  District 
Special  Education  Division 
450  North  Grand  Avenue 
Los  Angeles,  California  90012 


University  of  Washington 
Model  Preschool  Center  for 
Handicapped  Children 
Experimental  Education  Unit  WJ-10 
Seattle,  Washington  98195 

Easter  Seal  Society  for  Alaska 
Crippled  Children  and  Adults 
726  E.  Street 
Anchorage,  Alaska  99501 


Bibliography 

Many  books  have  been  published 
on  children  with  retardation.  It  is  not 
possible  to  list  all  of  them  here.  The 
ones  mentioned  are  especially  good  for 
iinderstanding  what  mental  retarda- 
tion is  and  for  helping  you  work  with 
retarded  children  in  your  classroom. 


Books  About 
Mental  Retardation 

Barnard,  Kathryn  E.,  and  Erickson, 
Marcene  L.    Teaching  Children 
with  Developmental  Problems  -  A 
Family  Care  Approach.  St.  Louis: 
The  C.V.  Mosby  Co.,  1976. 

This  book  is  difficult  reading  in  some 
sections,  but  presents  information  on 
normal  and  abnormal  development, 
causes  of  retardation,  and  guidelines 
for  assisting  parents  of  retarded  chil- 
dren. It  includes  an  excellent  develop- 
mental schedule  with  suggested  activi- 
ties for  promoting  development.  This 
schedule  might  be  especially  helpftil  to 
teachers. 


Ehlers,  Walter  H.;  Krishef,  Curtis  H.; 
Prothero,  Jon  C.    An  Introduction 
to  Mental  Retardation  -  A 
Programmed  Text.  Columbus,  Ohio: 
Charles  E.  Merrill  Publishing  Co., 
1973. 

This  text  takes  the  reader  through  15 
"lessons"  on  mental  retardation,  in- 
cluding topics  such  as  special 
problems  faced  by  families,  community 
services,  and  causes  of  retardation. 
Because  the  text  is  programmed, 
readers  have  a  chance  to  check  their 
learning  as  they  go. 


Grossman,  Herb  J.,  ed.    Manual  on 
Terminology  and  Classification  in 
Mental  Retardation.  2nd  rev.  ed 
(1973).  Available  from:  American 
Association  on  Mental  Deficiency, 
5201  Connecticut  Avenue,  N.W., 
Washington,  D.C.  20015. 

This  comprehensive  handbook  defines 
and  explains  mental  retardation  terms. 

Smith,  Robert  M.  An  Introduction 
to  Mental  Retardation.  New  York- 
McGraw-Hill  Book  Co.,  1971 

This  book  describes  the  causes  of 
mental  retardation  and  the  needs  of 
people  with  mental  retardation  from 
birth  to  old  age.  It  has  a  very  good 
chapter  on  programming  for  preschool- 
aged  children  with  retardation. 


Guides  to  Teaching 
and  Classroom 
Activities 

Anderson,  Zola.     Getting  a  Head 
Start  on  Social  and  Emotional 
Growth  (1976).  Available  from: 
Meyer  Children's  Rehabilitation  Insti- 
tute, University  of  Nebraska  Medical 
Center,  Omaha,  Nebraska,  68105. 

This  is  a  practical  and  easy-to-read 
guide  for  preschool  teachers  on  devel- 
oping the  social  skills  and  emotional 
growth  of  young  children.  Chapter  11 
describes  emotional  problems  and  sug- 
gest methods  for  teachers  to  use  in 
dealing  with  them.  This  is  helpful  in 
dealing  with  a  child's  frusfration,  and 
with  the  emotional  problems  that  may 
accompany  mental  retardation. 

Blake,  Katliryn.    Teaching  the 
Retarded.  Englewood  Cliffs,  N.J.: 
Prentice  Hall,  1974. 

This  book  discusses  the  child  with 
mild  mental  retardation,  and  makes 
practical  suggestions  about  curriculum 
content  and  teaching  techniques. 


125 


126    Brown,  Sara  L.,  and  Donovan,  Carol 
M.    Developmental  Programming 
for  Infants  and  Young  Children: 
Volmne  3,  Stimulation  Activities. 

Ann  Arbor,  Mich.:  University  of  Michi- 
gan Press,  1977. 

This  clearly  written  book  of  activities 
suggests  what  parents  and  teachers 
can  do  to  foster  development  in  chil- 
dren who  are  functioning  at  a  level 
below  three  years  of  age.  Each  activity 
includes  necessary  modifications  for 
children  with  additional  handicaps. 

Connor,  Frances  P.,  and  Talbor,  Mabel 
E.    An  Experimental  Curriculum 
for  Yoimg  Mentally  Retarded 
Children.  New  York:  Teachers 
CoUege  Press,  1970. 

This  curriculum  was  written  primarily 
for  mildly  mentally  retarded  pre- 
schoolers, but  it  has  also  become  a 
mainstay  in  a  number  of  programs  for 
the  moderately  retarded.  It  presents  a 
comprehensive  r£inge  of  objectives 
appropriate  for  all  preschoolers. 

D'Audney,  Weslee,  and  Dollis, 
Dorotiiy.    Calendar  of 
Developmental  Activities  for 
Preschoolers  (1975).  Available  from: 
Meyer  Children's  Rehabilitation  Insti- 
tute, University  of  Nebraska  Medical 
Center,  Omaha,  Nebraska,  68105. 

This  is  a  resource  book  on  preschool 
activities  arranged  in  calendar  format. 
The  simpler  activities  are  presented  in 
the  fall  months  and  the  more  complex 
ones  are  presented  in  the  spring 
months,  allowing  you  to  choose  activi- 
ties appropriate  to  the  child's  develop- 
mental level.  Also  given  are  the  sldll 
areas  involved  in  each  activity. 


D'Audney,  Weslee,  ed.    Giving  a 
Head  Start  to  Parents  of  the 
Handicapped  (1976).  Available  from: 
Meyer  Children's  Rehabilitation  Institute 
University  of  Nebraska  Medical  Center, 
Omaha,  Nebraska,  68105. 

This  manual  is  designed  primarily  to 
help  Head  Start  teachers  provide  sup- 
port and  encouragement  to  parents  of 
children  with  handicaps.  It  discusses 
subjects  such  as  the  value  of  main- 
streaming,  legal  rights  of  the  handi- 
capped and  their  families,  and  the 
dangers  of  labeling.  It  also  provides 
specific  suggestions  for  working  with 
parents  of  special  needs  children,  in- 
cluding those  with  retardation. 


The  Exceptiongd  Parent  Magazine, 

Box  964,  Manchester,  New  Hampshire 
03105. 

Addressed  to  the  parents  and  teachers 
of  handicapped  youngsters  and  adults, 
this  maga2dne  has  many  articles  of  in- 
terest, including  "what  to  do,"  "how  to 
do  it,"  and  "where  to  get  help." 

Findlay^ane,  et  al.    A  Planning 
Guide:  The  Preschool  Curriculiun  - 
The  Child,  The  Process,  The  Day. 

Chapel  HiU,  N.C.:  Chapel  HiU  Train- 
ing Outreach  Project,  n.d. 

This  book  elaborates  on  curriculvun  in- 
formation foimd  in  the  Learning 
Accomplishment  Profile  developed 
by  Anne  Sanford,  and  presents  44 
preschool  curriculum  units  intended  for 
developmentaUy  delayed  or  impaired 
children.  It  has  a  section  on  curricu- 
liun (who  determines  it,  what  it  is,  and 
what  goes  into  it),  a  section  on 
methods  and  principles  (preparing 
instructional  objectives,  task  analysis, 
error-free  learning,  and  positive  rein- 
forcement), the  44  cvuriculimi  units, 
with  objectives  and  skOl  sequences, 
and  bibliographies.  It  is  helpful,  al- 
though not  necessary,  to  use  the 
Planning  guide  together  with  the 
LAP. 


Foxx,  Richard  M.,  and  Azrin,  Nathan 
H.    Toilet  Training  the  Retarded. 

Champaign,  El.:  Research  Press,  1973. 

This  book  describes  a  rapid  program 
for  achieving  independent  toileting. 
The  procedures  are  best  done  in  the 
home,  but  teachers,  parents,  and  coor- 
dinators or  psychologists  should  find 
this  a  useful  reference  as  they  work 
together  to  develop  a  toilet-training 
program.  This  book  is  hard  reading  in 
places,  but  worth  the  trouble. 

Groldstein,  H.    Social  Learning 
Curriculum.  Columbus,  Ohio:  Charles 
E.  Merrill  Publishing  Co.,  1974. 

This  is  a  package  of  materials,  consist- 
ing of  a  teacher's  guide  and  ten  "phase 
books,"  which  cover  various  social 
learning  concepts  for  school-aged  re- 
tarded children.  Some  sections  can  be 
used  with  preschool  children.  Supple- 
ments cover  mathematics,  science,  and 
physical  education  suggestions  for 
these  children.  There  are  "stimulus" 
pictures  representing  familiar  situa- 
tions, which  can  be  used  to  give  chil- 
dren practice  in  talking  about  every- 
day social  situations.  The  package  also 
contains  duplicating  materials  and 
charts.  The  emphasis  of  the  ciuriculum 
is  on  helping  children  to  think  criti- 
cally and  act  independently. 

GroUmen,  Sharon  Hya,  and  Perske, 
Robert.    More  Time  to  Grow^: 
Explaining  Mental  Retardation  to 
Children:  A  Story.  Boston:  Beacon 
Press,  1977. 

This  book  is  in  two  parts.  The  first  is  a 
story  for  yovmg  children  about  a  girl 
whose  little  brother  is  diagnosed  as  re- 
tarded. It  sensitively  describes  her  feel- 
ings about  what  it's  like  Kving  with  a 
retarded  child.  The  second  part  is  a  guide 
for  parents  and  teachers,  written  in 
imderstandable  language,  on  helping 
children  with  retardation  learn  and 
grow.  It  also  lists  and  describes  organi- 
zations concerned  with  mental  retarda- 
tion, and  books  and  films  on  retarda- 
tion for  children,  parents,  and 
teachers. 


Hansen,  S.    Getting  a  Head  Start 
on  Speech  and  Language 
Problems  (1974).  Available  fi-om: 
Meyer  Children's  Rehabili- 
tation Institute,  University  of 
Nebraska  Medical  Center,  Omaha, 
Nebraska,  69105. 

This  good,  simple  guide  to  working 
with  preschool  children  who  have 
speech  and  language  problems  gives 
language  milestones,  screening  proce- 
dures, and  teaching  techniques. 

Hogden,  Laurel^t  al.    School 
Before  Six:  A  Diagnostic 
Approach  (1974).  AvaDable  from: 
Cemrel,  Inc.,  3120  59th  Sti-eet,  St. 
Louis,  Mo.  63139. 

School  Before  Six  is  printed  in 
two  volumes.  Volume  I  includes  proce- 
dures for  assessing  young  children's 
learning  needs  and  strengths  through 
testing  procedures  in  four  developmen- 
tal areas:  large,  small,  and  perceptual 
motor  skills;  language;  social-emotional 
skills;  and  conceptual  skills.  General 
teaching  strategies  and  activities  are 
suggested  to  help  children  develop  in 
each  of  these  areas.  Volimie  II  includes 
a  wealth  of  activities  in  areas  such  as 
science,  art,  table  games,  food  prepara- 
tion, language,  social  science,  and 
music.  Volume  I  is  extensively  cross- 
referenced  to  Volume  II  to  simpUfy  the 
selection  of  appropriate  activities  for 
specifically  diagnosed  situations. 


127 


128    Johnson,  Vicki  M.,  and  Werner, 
Roberta  A.    A  Step-by-Step 
Learning  Guide  for  Retarded 
Infants  and  Children.  Syracuse, 
N.Y.:  Syracuse  University  Press,  1975. 

As  the  name  suggests,  the  book  lists 
over  200  tasks  appropriate  for  the  pre- 
school curriculum.  For  each  task  the 
authors  have  stated  the  objective  and 
suggested  ways  to  teach  it. 


Jordan,  June,  ed.    Not  All  Little 
Wagons  Are  Red:  The  Exceptional 
Child's  Early  Years  (1973).  Avail- 
able from:  Council  for  Exceptional 
Children,  1920  Association  Drive, 
Reston,  Va.  22091. 

This  book  discusses  the  importance  of 
beginning  early  to  develop  programs 
for  children  with  handicaps.  Attention 
is  given  to  helping  children  achieve  a 
positive  self-concept,  good  learning 
motivation,  social  skills,  emotional 
stability,  and  physical  well-being.  Two 
sections  are  particularly  helpful:  the 
development  of  children  who  need 
special  help,  and  program  models  and 
resource  materials,  llie  book  includes 
many  fine  illustrations,  and  describes 
a  variety  of  alternative  ways  to  meet 
children's  needs. 


LavateUi,  CeUa  S.    Piaget's  Theory 
Applied  to  an  Early  Childhood 
Curriculum.  Boston:  A  Center  for 
Media  Development  Book,  American 
Science  and  Engineering  Inc.,  1970. 

This  book  describes  how  teachers  can 
help  four-  to  six-year-old  children  with 
retardation  to  acquire  logical  ways  of 
thinking.  It  teUs  teachers  how  to  pro- 
vide children  with  concrete  materials 
to  learn  from,  and  supplies  teachers 
with  questions  to  ask  of  children  to 
stimulate  their  mental  activity. 


The  Portage  Guide  to  Early 
Education,  rev.  ed.  Portage,  Wis.: 
Cooperative  Educational  Service 
Agency  No.  12,  1976. 

This  guide  has  three  parts:  a  checklist  of 
skills  for  determining  an  individual 
child's  progress,  a  card  file  listing 
activities  that  can  be  used  to  teach  these 
skills,  and  a  manual  of  directions  for 
conducting  the  activities.  The  areas 
covered  in  the  program  are  infant  stim- 
ulation, socialization,  language,  self-help, 
cognitive  sldUs,  and  motor  skills. 


Guides  to 
Other  Resources 

Goldstein,  H.     Bibliography:  Educa- 
tion of  Moderately  Retarded 
Children.  New  York:  Yeshiva  Univer- 
sity, 1974. 

This  contains  a  list  of  books  dealing 
with  all  aspects  of  working  with  mod- 
erately retarded  children. 


Appendix 


Tests  are  only  one 
source  of  information 
in  evaluating  a  child 


130 


Screening 

and 

Diagnosis 


This  section  describes  the  nature 
and  purpose  of  screening  and  diagno- 
sis, and  the  use  of  tests  in  each  of 
these  processes.  The  overall  goal  of 
both  processes  is  to  evaluate  or  assess 
a  child's  functioning  and  to  identify 
problem  areas,  if  any  exist. 


Screening 


Screening  is  a  process  that 
identifies  children  who  need 
specific  treatment  (for  example,  eye- 
glasses or  immunization  shots)  or 
who  need  to  be  referred  for  a 
diagnostic  evaluation.  Screening  is 
therefore  an  important  tool  in  the 
early  identification  of  handicapped 
children. 

Screening  procedures  such  as 
checklists  and  tests  are  inexpensive, 
quick,  and  easily  administered.  They 
give  the  screener  an  overview  of  a 
child's  performance.  Teachers,  aides, 
and  others  need  to  be  trained  to  use  a 
particular  screening  procedure  correct- 
ly. For  the  screening  services  that 
must  be  provided  for  every  child,  see 
Project  Head  Start  Performance 
Standards. 


Not  all  children  who  fail  a  screen- 
ing test  are  found  to  have  a  problem 
when  they  are  given  a  full  diagnostic 
evaluation.  This  is  because  the  results 
of  screening  tests  are  not  exact,  since 
the  tests  do  not  assess  in  depth  a 
child's  functioning  in  a  given  area. 
Also,  because  screening  is  done  in  a 
limited  amount  of  time,  the  screener 
may  not  realize  if  a  certain  child  is  not 
performing  at  his  or  her  best  at  that 
particidar  time.  For  these  reasons,  a 
child  who  is  not  handicapped  may  fail 
a  screening  and  be  referred  for  further 
evaluation. 

On  the  other  hand,  some  children 
who  pass  a  screening  test  may,  in  fact, 
have  a  problem  that  wasn't  detected  in 
the  screening.  If  you  have  a  child  in 
your  class  who  has  passed  the  stan- 
dard screening  tests  and  you  stiU  feel 
there  may  be  something  wrong,  do  not 
hesitate  to  ask  an  appropriate  profes- 
sional to  look  at  the  child  more  closely. 


Diagnosis 


Diagnosis  is  a  process  of 
gathering  information  from  a 
variety  of  sources  in  order  to  get  a 
comprehensive  picture  of  a  child's 
functioning  and  to  identify  prob- 
lem areas.  The  diagnostic  process 
assesses  both  physical  and  psycho- 
logical functioning. 

A  variety  of  tools  should  be  used  in 
the  diagnostic  process:  interviews  (with 
parents  and  other  adults  who  know 
the  child  well,  with  the  child,  with 
social  agency  personnel  the  child  has 
been  receiving  services  from),  psycho- 
logical tests,  medical  and  other 
reports/tests  of  physical  functioning, 
and  other  sources  of  information  about 
the  child.  These  tests  that  are  used  in 
the  diagnostic  process  take  an  in-depth 
look  at  a  child's  skills  in  particular 
developmental  areas.  In  Project  Head 
Start,  diagnosis  is  to  be  conducted  by 
an  interdisciplinary  team  of  specialists 
(or  a  professional  who  is  qualified  to 
diagnose  the  specific  handicap).  The 
diagnostic  process  should  involve: 

i  •  a  categorical  diagnosis  of  a  child, 
using  Project  Head  Start  diagnostic 
criteria,  to  be  used  solely  for  reporting 
purposes 

^  •  a  functional  assessment  of  a  child. 
This  functional  assessment  is  a 
developmental  profile  that  describes 
what  the  child  can  and  cannot 
currentlj'  do  and  that  identifies  areas 
requiring  special  education  and  related 
services 

O  •  an  individualized  program  plan 
based  upon  the  functional  assessment 
and  developed  jointly  by  the  diag- 
nostic team,  the  parents,  and  the 
child's  teacher 

4  •  ongoing  assessment  of  the  child's 
progress  by  the  teacher,  the  child's 
parents,  and  (as  needed)  the  diagnostic 
team 


The  results  of  the  diagnostic 
process  should  inform  the  teacher  and 
parents  as  to  the  child's  strengths  and 
weaknesses — and  hence  the  child's 
needs  in  terms  of  further  learning.  The 
results  of  the  diagnostic  process  often 
do  not  tell  the  teacher  or  parents  what 
they  should  do  to  help  the  child  in  the 
identified  problem  areas.  Diagnosti- 
cians themselves,  depending  on  their 
knowledge  of  classrooms  and  of  speci- 
fic teaching  techniques,  may  be  able 
to  discuss  with  the  teacher  and  parent 
specific  ways  in  which  they  can  help 
the  child  in  the  classroom  and  at 
home.  Often  the  teacher  or  parent 
needs  to  take  the  initiative  in  order  to 
obtain  this  kind  of  information  from  a 
diagnostician. 


131 


132 


Testing 


The  selection  of  appropriate  tests, 
their  administration,  and  their  inter- 
pretation is  often  a  difficult  process, 
requiring  a  great  deal  of  expertise. 
Sometimes  the  precise  test  needed  has 
simply  not  yet  been  developed,  and  a 
diagnostician  must  use  the  best  of 
what  is  available  and  then  interpret 
the  results  with  great  caution.  Many 
factors  can  lead  to  inappropriate 
testing  or  inaccurate  test  results: 

•  mistaking  one  handicap  for 
another 

•  mistaking  cultural  differ- 
ences for  handicaps 

•  mistaking  norm£il  physical 
or  mental  immaturity  for 
handicaps 

•  testing  a  child  who  is  not 
used  to  test-like  situations 

•  testing  a  child  when  he  or 
she  is  not  feeling  w^ell 

•  testing  a  child  in  a  lan- 
guage that  is  not  his  or  her 
home  language 

•  testing  a  particular  devel- 
opmental area  in  a  child  by 
requiring  a  response  that 
involves  skills  in  which  the 
child  is  handicapped  (for 
example,  testing  cognitive 
functioning  by  requiring  a 
verbal  response  from  a 
speech-impaired  child,  or  a 
motor  response  from  £in 
orthopedically  handicapped 
child). 

Even  if  children  are  given  tests 
that  are  appropriate  to  their  age, 
cultural  background,  and  suspected 
handicaps — and  that  are  methodolog- 
ically vaHd  and  reliable — test  results 
can  be  inaccurately  interpreted. 


To  ensure  that  tests  are  appropriate 
to  a  specific  purpose,  and  that  they  are 
administered  and  interpreted  correctly, 
any  screening  test  that  a  teacher 
wants  to  use  should  be  discussed 
ahead  of  time  with  a  trained  profes- 
sional who  is  knowledgeable  about  the 
test.  Tests  used  for  diagnostic  purposes 
should  be  administered  and  interpreted 
by  specialists  trained  in  the  use  of  the 
test. 

In  addition  to  interviews  and 
histories,  your  own  continuing  obser- 
vation of  a  child  in  a  variety  of 
situations  in  yoiu-  preschool  program 
is  an  invaluable  tool  in  vmderstanding 
and  helping  a  child  learn.  During  the 
preschool  years,  children  experience 
a  great  amount  of  development  and 
change  in  all  areas.  This  means  that 
ongoing  assessment,  balanced  against 
over-testing,  is  needed  to  provide  a 
more  accurate  picture  of  a  child's 
developing  skills  and  functioning. 
Ongoing  assessment  can  help  prevent 
mislabeling  of  children. 

For  additional  information  on  the 
diagnostic  process — including  proce- 
dures and  persons — contact  the 
Resource  Access  Project  in  yoiu-  area. 

For  additional  information  on  tests, 
write: 

Head  Start  Test  Collection 
Educational  Testing  Service 
Princeton,  New  Jersey  08540 


Chart  of 

Normal 

Development: 

Infancy 

to  Six  Years 

of  Age 


The  chart  of  normal  development 
on  the  next  few  pages  presents 
children's  achievements  from  infancy 
to  six  years  of  age  in  five  areas: 


motor  skills  (gross  and  fine) 

cognitive  skills 

self-help  skills 

social  skills 

communication  skills  (under- 
standing language  and  speaking 
language). 

In  each  sldll  area,  the  age  at  which  each 
milestone  is  reached  on  the  average  is 
also  presented.  This  information  is  use- 
ful if  you  have  a  child  in  your  class 
who  you  suspect  is  seriously  delayed  in 
one  or  more  skill  areas. 

However,  it  is  important  to  remem- 
ber that  these  milestones  are  only 
average.  From  the  moment  of  birth, 
each  child  is  a  distinct  individual,  and 
develops  in  his  or  her  unique  manner. 
No  two  children  have  ever  reached  aU 
the  same  developmental  milestones  at 
the  exact  same  ages.  The  examples 
that  follow  show  what  we  mean. 


By  nine  months  of  age,  Gi  Lin  had 
spent  much  of  her  time  scooting 
around  on  her  hands  and  tummy, 
making  no  effort  to  crawl.  After  about 
a  week  of  pulling  herself  up  on  chairs 
and  table  legs,  she  let  go  and  started 
to  walk  on  her  own.  Gi  Lin  skipped 
the  crawling  stage  entirely  and  scarce- 
ly said  more  than  a  few  sounds  until 
she  was  15  months  old.  But  she 


walked  with  ease  and  skill  by  9'/2 
months. 

Marcus  learned  to  crawl  on  all 
fours  very  early,  and  continued  crawl- 
ing until  he  was  nearly  18  months  old, 
when  he  started  to  walk.  However,  he 
said  single  words  and  used  two-word 
phrases  meaningfully  before  his  first 
birthday.  A  talking,  crawling  baby  is 
quite  a  sight! 

Molly  worried  her  parents  by 
saying  scarcely  a  word,  although  she 
managed  to  make  her  needs  known 
with  sounds  and  gestures.  Shortly 
after  her  second  birthday,  Molly  sud- 
denly began  talking  in  two-  to  four- 
word  phrases  and  sentences.  She  was 
never  again  a  quiet  child. 

All  three  children  were  healthy  and 
normal.  By  the  time  they  were  three 
years  old,  there  were  no  major  differen- 
ces among  them  in  walking  or  talking. 
They  had  simply  developed  in  their 
own  ways  and  at  their  own  rates. 
Some  children  seem  to  concentrate  on 
one  thing  at  a  time  —  learning  to 
crawl,  to  walk,  or  to  talk.  Other 
children  develop  across  areas  at  a 
more  even  rate. 

As  you  read  the  chart  of  normal 
development,  remember  that  children 
don't  read  baby  books.  They  don't 
know  they're  supposed  to  be  able  to 
point  out  Daddy  when  they  are  a  year 
old,  or  copy  a  circle  in  their  third  year. 
And  even  if  they  covild  read  the  baby 
books,  they  probably  wouldn't  follow 
them!  Age-related  development  mile- 
stones are  obtained  by  averaging  out 
what  many  children  do  at  various 
ages.  No  child  is  "average"  in  all 
areas.  Each  child  is  a  unique  person. 

One  final  word  of  caution.  As 
children  grow,  their  abilities  are 
shaped  by  the  opportunities  they  have 
for  learning.  For  example,  although 
many  five-year-olds  can  repeat  songs 
and  rhymes,  the  child  who  has  not 
heard  songs  and  rhymes  many  times 
cannot  be  expected  to  repeat  them.  AU 
areas  of  development  and  learning  are 
influenced  by  children's  experiences 
as  well  as  by  the  abilities  tiiey  are  bom 
with. 


133 


Chart  of  Normal  Development 


^^ 


^^ 


.# 


^- 


>' 


.HP^^ 


f.  -^^ 

.-c^^  ^ 


5v^ 


.4." 


^^^.v-^ 


V 


^^ 


..-^ 


.'^^ 


^^ 


>^^ 
.o*^ 


0-12  Months 


Sits  without  support. 

Crawls. 

Pulls  self  to  stand- 
ing and  stands 
unaided. 

Walks  with  aid. 

Rolls  a  ball  in  im- 
itation of  adult. 


12-24  Months   Walks  alone. 

Walks  backward. 

Picks  up  toys  from 
floor  without  falling. 

Pulls  toy,  pushes  toy. 

Seats  self  in  child's 
chair. 

Walks  up  and  down 
stairs  (hand-held). 

Moves  to  music. 


Reaches,  grasps, 
puts  object  in  mouth. 

Picks  things  up  with 
thumb  and  one  fin- 
ger (pincer  grasp). 

Transfers  object 
from  one  hand  to 
other  hand. 

Drops  and  picks  up 
toy. 


Responds  to  speech 
by  looking  at 
speaker. 

Responds  different- 
ly to  aspects  of 
speaker's  voice  (for 
example,  friendly  or 
unfriendly,  male  or 
female). 

Turns  to  source  of 
sound. 

Responds  with  ges- 
ture to  hi,  bye-bye, 
and  up,  when  these 
words  are  accom- 
panied by  appropri- 
ate gesture. 

Stops  ongoing  action 
when  told  no  (when 
negative  is  accom- 
panied by  appropri- 
ate gesture  and 
tone). 


Makes  crying  and 
non-crying  sounds. 

Repeats  some  vowel 
and  consonant 
sounds  (babbles) 
when  alone  or  when 
spoken  to. 

Interacts  with  others 
by  vocalizing  after 
adult. 

Communicates 
meaning  through 
intonation. 

Attempts  to  imitate 
sounds. 


Builds  tower  of  3 
small  blocks. 

Puts  4  rings  on  stick. 

Places  5  pegs  in  peg- 
board. 

Turns  pages  2  or  3  at 
a  time. 

Scribbles. 

Turns  knobs. 

Throws  small  ball. 

Paints  with  whole 
arm  movement, 
shifts  hands,  makes 
strokes. 


Responds  correctly 
when  asked  where, 
(when  question  is 
accompanied  by 
gesture). 

Understands  prepo- 
sitions on,  in,  and 
under. 

Follows  request  to 
bring  familiar  object 
from  another  room. 

Understands  simple 
phrases  with  key 
words  (for  example, 
Open  the  door,  or 
Get  the  ball). 

Follows  a  series  of 
2  simple  but  related 
directions. 


Says  first  mean- 
ingful word. 

Uses  single  words 
plus  a  gesture  to  ask 
for  objects. 

Says  successive 
single  words  to  de- 
scribe an  event. 

Refers  to  self  by 
name. 

Uses  my  or  mine  to 
indicate  possession. 

Has  vocabulary  of 
about  50  words  for 
important  people, 
common  objects,  and 
the  existence,  non- 
existence, and  recur- 
rence of  objects  and 
events  (for  example, 
more  and  all 
gone). 


# 


c 


.o-^^ 


& 


^"^ 


# 


N 


■jy 


^°^ 


Follows  moving 
object  with  eyes. 

Recogrmes  differen- 
ces among  people. 
Responds  to  stran- 
gers by  crying  or 
staring. 

Responds  to  and 
imitates  facial 
expressions  of  others. 

Responds  to  very 
simple  directions  (for 
example,  raises  arms 
when  someone  says, 
Come,  and  turns 
head  when  asked. 
Where  is  Daddy?). 


Imitates  gestures  and 
actions  (for  example, 
shakes  head  no, 
plays  peek-a-boo, 
waves  bye-bye). 

Puts  small  objects  in 
and  out  of  container 
with  intention. 


Feeds  self  cracker. 

Holds  cup  with  two 
hands.  Drinks  with 
assistance. 

Holds  out  arms  and 
legs  while  being 
dressed. 


Smiles  spontaneous- 

ly. 

ftesponds  differently 
to  strangers  than  to 
familiar  people. 

Pays  attention  to 
own  name. 

Responds  to  no. 

Copies  simple 
actions  of  others. 


Imitates  actions  and 
words  of  adults. 

Responds  to  words  or 
commands  with 
appropriate  action 
(for  example;  Stop 
that.  Get  down). 

Is  able  to  match  two 
similar  objects. 

Looks  at  storybook 
pictures  with  an 
adult,  naming  or 
pointing  to  familiar 
objects  on  request  (for 
example:What  is 
that?  Point  to  the 
baby). 


Recognizes  difference 
between  you  and 
me. 

Has  very  limited 
attention  span. 

Accomplishes  pri- 
mary learning 
through  own  explora- 
tion. 


Uses  spoon,  spilling 
Uttle. 

Drinks  from  cup,  one 
hand,  unassisted. 

Chews  food. 

Removes  shoes, 
socks,  pants,  sweater. 

Unzips  large  zipper. 

Indicates  toilet  needs. 


Recognizes  self  in 
mirror  or  picture. 

Refers  to  self  by 
name. 

Plays  by  self 
Initiates  own  play. 

Imitates  adult 
behaviors  in  play. 

Helps  put  things 
away. 


Chart  of  Normal  Development 


■^J' 


-^ 


^* 


of>* 


^"O^^ 


24-36  Months    Runs  forward  well. 

Jumps  in  place,  two 
feet  together. 

Stands  on  one  foot, 
with  aid. 

Walks  on  tiptoe. 

Kicks  ball  forward. 


.# 


¥" 


:¥ 


^ 


Strings  4  large 
beads. 

Turns  pages  singly. 

Snips  with  scissors. 

Holds  crayon  with 
thumb  and  fingers, 
not  fist. 

Uses  one  hand  con- 
sistently in  most 
activities. 

Imitates  circular, 
vertical,  horizontal 
strokes. 

Paints  with  some 
wrist  action.  Makes 
dots,  lines,  circular 
strokes. 

Rolls,  pounds, 
squeezes,  and  pulls 
clay. 


S^ 


&^ 


^ 


<^.^ 


Points  to  pictures  of 
common  objects 
when  they  are 
named. 

Can  identify  ob- 
jects when  told  their 
use. 

Understands  ques- 
tions forms  what 
and  where. 

Understands  nega- 
tives no,  not,  can't, 
and  don't. 

Enjoys  listening  to 
simple  storybooks 
and  requests  them 
again. 


\^ 


c<> 


#' 


S)^ 


,,<> 


^^" 


Joins  vocabulary 
words  together  in 
two-word  phrases. 

Gives  first  and  last 
name. 

Asks  what  and 
where  questions. 

Makes  negative 
statements  (for  ex- 
ample. Can't  open 
it). 

Shows  frustration  at 
not  being  under- 
stood. 


36-48  Months    Runs  around  ob- 
stacles. 

Walks  on  a  line. 

Balances  on  one  foot 
for  5  to  10  seconds. 

Hops  on  one  foot. 

Pushes,  pulls,  steers 
wheeled  toys. 

Rides  (that  is,  steers 
and  pedals)  tricycle. 

Uses  slide  without 
assistance. 

Jumps  over  15  cm. 
(6")  high  object, 
landing  on  both  feet 
together. 

Throws  ball  over- 
head. 

Catches  ball 
bounced  to  him  or 
her. 


Builds  tower  of  9 
small  blocks. 

Drives  nails  and 
pegs. 

Copies  circle. 

Imitates  cross. 

Manipulates  clay 
materials  (for  exam- 
ple, rolls  balls, 
snakes,  cookies). 


Begins  to  under- 
stand sentences  in- 
volving time  con- 
cepts (for  example. 
We  are  going  to  the 
zoo  tomorrow^). 

Understands  size 
comparatives  such 
as  big  and  bigger. 

Understands  rela- 
tionships expressed 
by  if.. .then  or 
because  sentences. 

Carries  out  a  series  of 
2  to  4  related 
directions. 

Understands  when 
told.  Let's  pretend. 


Talks  in  sentences 
of  three  or  more 
words,  which  take 
the  form  agent- 
action-object  (I  see 
the  ball)  or  agent- 
action-location 
(Daddy  sit  on 
chair). 

Tells  about  past  ex- 
periences. 

Uses  "s"  on  nouns 
to  indicate  plurals. 

Uses  "ed"  on  verbs 
to  indicate  past 
tense. 

Refers  to  self  using 
pronouns  I  or  me. 

Repeats  at  least  one 
nursery  rhyme  and 
can  sing  a  song. 

Speech  is  under- 
standable to  stran- 
gers, but  there  are  still 
some  sound  errors. 


#"^ 


^^^ 


^' 


.\^ 


.^ 


•^" 


^^ 


^ 


:S>^ 


Responds  to  simple 
directions  (for 
example:  Give  me 
the  ball  and  the 
block.  Get  your 
shoes  and  socks). 

Selects  and  looks  at 
picture  books,  names 
pictured  objects,  and 
identifies  several 
objects  within  one 
picture. 

Matches  and  uses 
associated  objects 
meaningfully  (for 
example,  given  cup, 
saucer,  and  bead, 
puts  cup  and  saucer 
together). 

Stacks  rings  on  peg 
in  order  of  size. 

Recognizes  self  in 
mirror,  saying, 
baby,  or  own  name. 


Can  talk  briefly 
about  what  he  or  she 
is  doing. 

Imitates  adult  actions 
(for  example,  house- 
keeping play). 

Has  limited  attention 
span.  Learning  is 
through  exploration 
and  adult  direction 
(as  in  reading  of 
picture  stories). 

Is  beginning  to 
understand  function- 
al concepts  of 
famiUar  objects  (for 
example,  that  a 
spoon  is  used  for 
eating)  and  part/ 
whole  concepts  (for 
example,  parts  of  the 
body). 


Uses  spoon,  spilling 
little. 

Gets  drink  from 
fountain  or  faucet 
unassisted. 

Opens  door  by 
turning  handle. 

Takes  off  coat. 

Puts  on  coat  with 
assistance. 

Washes  and  dries 
hands  with  assis- 
tance. 


Plays  near  other 
children. 

Watches  other  chil- 
dren, joins  briefly  in 
their  play. 

Defends  own  posses- 
sions. 

Begins  to  play  house. 

Symbolically  uses 
objects,  self  in  play. 

Participates  in  simple 
group  activity  (for 
example,  sings,  claps, 
dances). 

Knows  gender  identi- 
ty. 


Recognizes  and 
matches  six  colors. 

Intentionally  stacks 
blocks  or  rings  in 
order  of  size. 

Draws  somewhat 
recognizable  pictiu-e 
that  is  meaningful  to 
child,  if  not  to  adult. 
Names  and  briefly 
explains  picture. 

Asks  questions  for 
information  (v^^hy 
and  how  questions 
requiring  simple 
answers). 

Knows  own  age. 

Knows  own  last 
name. 


Has  short  attention 
span. 

Learns  through 
observing  and  imi- 
tating adults,  and  by 
adult  instruction  and 
explanation.  Is  very 
easily  distracted. 

Has  increased  under- 
standing of  concepts 
of  the  functions  and 
groupings  of  objects 
(for  example,  can  put 
doU  house  furniture 
in  correct  rooms) 
part/whole  (for 
example,  can  identify 
pictures  of  hand  and 
foot  as  parts  of  body). 

Begins  to  be  aware  of 
pEist  and  present  (for 
example:  Yesterday 
we  went  to  the 
park.  Today  we 
go  to  the  library). 


Pours  well  from 
small  pitcher. 

Spreads  soft  butter 
with  knife. 

Buttons  and  unbut- 
tons large  buttons. 

Washes  hands  un- 
assisted. 

Blows  nose  when 
reminded. 

Uses  toilet  independ- 
ently. 


Joins  in  play  with 
other  children.  Begins 
to  interact. 

Shares  toys.  Takes 
turns  with  assistance. 

Begins  dramatic 
play,  acting  out 
whole  scenes  (for 
example,  traveling, 
playing  house, 
pretending  to  be 
animals). 


Chart  of  Normal  Development 


48-60  Months 


#kP^' 


# 


'^ 


.# 


^^ 


>' 


.NP" 


Walks  backward 
toe-heel. 

Jumps  forward  10 
times,  without 
falling. 

Walks  up  and  down 
stairs  alone,  alter- 
nating feet. 

Turns  somersault. 


Cuts  on  line  contin- 
uously. 

Copies  cross. 

Copies  square. 

Prints  a  few  capital 
letters. 


4/ 


&^ 


^ 


V 


s^^ 


cv^' 


&^ 


^ 


<f> 


co^ 


^ 


Follows  three  un- 
related commands 
in  proper  order. 

Understands  com- 
paratives like 
pretty,  prettier, 
and  prettiest. 

Listens  to  long 
stories  but  often 
misinterprets  the 
facts. 

Incorporates  ver- 
bal directions  into 
play  activities. 

Understands  se- 
quencing of  events 
when  told  them 
(for  example,  First 
we  have  to  go  to 
the  store,  then  we 
can  make  the  cake, 
and  tomorrow  we 
will  eat  it). 


Asks  when,  how, 

and  w^hy  ques- 
tions. 

Uses  models  like 
can,  will,  shall, 
should,  and  might. 

Joins  sentences  to- 
gether (for  exam- 
ple, I  like  choco- 
late chip  cookies 
and  milk). 

Talks  about  causali- 
ty by  using  because 
and  so. 

Tells  the  content  of  a 
story  but  may  con- 
fuse facts. 


60-72  Months 


Runs  lightly  on 
toes. 

Walks  on  balance 
beam. 

Can  cover  2  meters 
(6'6")  hopping. 

Skips  on  alternate 
feet. 

Jumps  rope. 

Skates. 


Cuts  out  simple 
shapes. 

Copies  triangle. 

Traces  diamond. 

Copies  first  name. 

Prints  numerals  1 
to  5. 

Colors  within  lines. 

Has  adult  grasp  of 
pencil. 

Has  handedness  well 
established  (that  is, 
child  is  left-  or 
right-handed). 

Pastes  and  glues 
appropriately. 


Demonstrates  pre- 
academic  skills. 


There  are  few  ob- 
vious differences 
between  child's 
grammar  and  adult's 
grammar. 

Still  needs  to  learn 
such  things  as  sub- 
ject-verb agreement, 
and  some  irregular 
past  tense  verbs. 

Can  take  appropri- 
ate turns  in  a  con- 
versation. 

Gives  and  receives 
information. 

Communicates  well 
with  family,  friends, 
or  strangers. 


,^ 


^* 


.^ 


§>^ 


^^ 


^' 


^ 


^ 


.^ 


^ 


:S>^ 


Plays  with  words 
(creates  own  rhyming 
words;  says  or  makes 
up  words  having 
similar  soimds). 

Points  to  and  names 
4  to  6  colors. 

Matches  pictiires  of 
familiar  objects  (for 
example,  shoe,  sock, 
foot;  apple,  orange, 
banana). 

Draws  a  person  with 
2  to  6  recognizable 
parts,  such  as  head, 
arms,  legs.  Can  name 
or  match  drawn  parts 
to  own  body. 

Draws,  names,  and 
describes  recognizable 
picture. 

Rote  counts  to  5, 
imitating  adults. 


Knows  own  street 
and  town. 

Has  more  extended 
attention  span. 
Learns  through 
observing  and  listen- 
ing to  adults  as  well 
as  through  explora- 
tion. Is  easily 
distracted. 

Has  increased  under- 
standing of  concepts 
of  function,  time, 
part/whole  relation- 
ships. Function  or 
use  of  objects  may  be 
stated  in  addition  to 
names  of  objects 

Time  concepts  are 
expanding.  The  child 
can  talk  about 
yesterday  or  last 
week  (a  long  time 
ago),  about  today, 
and  about  what  will 
happen  tomorrow. 


Cuts  easy  foods  with 
a  knife  (for  example, 
hamburger  patty, 
tomato  sUce). 

Laces  shoes. 


Plays  and  interacts 
with  other  children. 

Dramatic  play  is 
closer  to  reality,  with 
attention  paid  to 
detail,  time,  and 
space. 

Plays  dress-up. 

Shows  interest  in 
exploring  sex  differ- 
ences. 


Retells  story  from 
picture  book  with 
reasonable  accuracy. 

Names  some  letters 
and  numerals. 

Rote  counts  to  10. 

Sorts  objects  by 
single  characteristics 
(for  example,  by 
color,  shape,  or  size , 

Is  beginning  to  use 
accurately  time 
concepts  of  tomor- 
row and  yester- 
day. 

Uses  classroom  tools 
(such  as  scissors  and 
paints)  meaningfully 
and  purposefully. 


Begins  to  relate  clock 
time  to  daily 
schedule. 

Attention  span 
increases  noticeably. 
Learns  through  adult 
instruction.  When 
interested,  can  ignore 
distractions. 

Concepts  of  function 
increase  as  well  as 
imderstanding  of 
why  things  happen. 
Time  concepts  are 
expanding  into  an 
understanding  of  the 
future  in  terms  of 
major  events  (for 
example,  Christmas 
will  come  after 
two  weekends). 


Dresses  self  complete- 

ly. 

Ties  bow. 

Brushes  teeth  im- 
assisted. 

Crosses  street  safely. 


Chooses  own 
friend(s). 

Plays  simple  table 
games. 

Plays  competitive 
games. 

Engages  with  other 
children  in  coopera- 
tive play  involving 
group  decisions,  role 
assignments,  fair 
play. 


■l!rU.S,  GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OmCE  ;  1978      O— 270-712 


HV1662  Lynch,  Eleanor  Whiteside, 
L989   Mainstreaming 
S48    preschoolers:  Children 
with  mental  retardation: 
a  guide  for  teachers, 


DATE  DUE 


S-3 


HV1662  Lynch,  Eleanor  Whiteside 

L989   Mainstreaming 

S48    preschoolers:  Children 
with  mental  retardation:" 
a  guide  for  teachers. 


OITC    out 


f/22 


BORROWERS    NAM! 


AMERICAN  FOUNDATION  fD?^  T-HC^flLlNB,  INC. 
15  WEST  letti  STREET  '^- 

NEW  YORK,  «.Y.i0011 


DEPARTMENT    OF 
HEALTH,    EDUCATION.    AND    WELFARE 
WASHINGTON.    D  C     20201     . 


OFFICIAL    BUSINESS 


SECOND    CLASS 

POSTAGE   AND    FEES    PAID 

US     DEPARTMENT    OF    HEW 

HEW-391 


U.S.  Department  of  Health,  Education,  and  Welfare 

Office  of  Human  Development  Services 
Administration  for  Children,  Youth  and  Families 
Head  Start  Bureau 


DHEW  Publication  No.  (OHDS)  78-31110